Royce Lee Montgomery, PhD
Professor
Department of Cell and Developmental Biology
School of Medicine
University of North Carolina
Chapel Hill, North Carolina
Kurt Ogden Gilliland, PhD
Department of Cell and Developmental Biology
School of Medicine
University of North Carolina
Chapel Hill, North Carolina
Appleton & Lange Reviews/McGraw-Hill
Medical Publishing Division
New York Chicago San Francisco Lisbon London
Madrid Mexico City Milan New Delhi San Juan Seoul
Singapore Sydney Toronto
Sixth edition
APPLETON & LANGE REVIEW OF
ANATOMY
0523-00 FM 07/15/02 15:30 Page i
Appleton & Lange Review of Anatomy, Sixth Edition
Copyright © 2003 by TheMcGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. Printed in the United States
of America. Except as permitted under the United States Copyright Act of 1976, no part of this publication
may be reproduced or distributed in any form or by any means, or stored in a data base or retrieval system,
without the prior written permission of the publisher.
Previous editions copyright © 1995, 1989, by Appleton & Lange; copyright © 1982, 1978, 1974,
by Arco Publishing, Inc.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 VNH VNH 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
ISBN: 0-07-137727-1
This book was set in Palatino by Circle Graphics.
The editors were Catherine W. Johnson and Lester A. Sheinis.
The production supervisor was Lisa Mendez.
The cover designer was Aimée Nordin.
The indexer was Alexandra Nickerson.
Von Hoffmann Graphics, Inc., was printer and binder.
This book was printed on acid-free paper.
Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data
Montgomery, Royce L.
Appleton & Lange review of anatomy / Royce L. Montgomery, Kurt Ogden
Gilliland.—6th ed.
p. ; cm.
Rev. ed. of: Appleton & Lange review of anatomy for the USMLE Step 1 / Royce L. Montgomery,
Gerald A. Montgomery. © 1995.
Includes bibliographical references.
ISBN 0-07-137727-1 (alk. paper)
1. Human anatomy—Examinations, questions, etc. 2. Physicians—Licenses—United States—Examinations—Study
guides. I. Title: Appleton & Lange review of anatomy. II. Title: Review of anatomy. III. Gilliland, Kurt Ogden. IV.
Montgomery, Royce L. Appleton & Lange review of anatomy for the USMLE Step 1. V. Title.
[DNLM: 1. Anatomy—Examination Questions. QS 18.2 M788a 2003]
QM32 .M65 2002
611.0076—dc21
2002016672
International Edition ISBN 0-07-121248-5
Copyright © 2003. Exclusive rights by The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., for manufacture and export. This book cannot
be reexported from the country to which it is consigned by McGraw-Hill. The International Edition is not available in
North America.
Notice
Medicine is an ever-changing science. As new research and clinical experience broaden our knowledge, changes
in treatment and drug therapy are required. The authors and the publisher of this work have checked with sources
believed to be reliable in their efforts to provide information that is complete and generally in accord with the stan-
dards accepted at the time of publication. However, in view of the possibility of human error or changes in med-
ical sciences, neither the authors nor the publisher nor any other party who has been involved in the preparation
or publication of this work warrants that the information contained herein is in every respect accurate or com-
plete, and they disclaim all responsibility for any errors or omissions or for the results obtained from use of the
information contained in this work. Readers are encouraged to confirm the information contained herein with
other sources. For example and in particular, readers are advised to check the product information sheet included
in the package of each drug they plan to administer to be certain that the information contained in this work is
accurate and that changes have not been made in the recommended dose or in the contraindications for admin-
istration. This recommendation is of particular importance in connection with new or infrequently used drugs.
0523-00 FM 07/15/02 15:30 Page ii
Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v
1. The Back . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Answers and Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2. The Upper Limb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Answers and Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3. The Thorax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Answers and Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
4. The Abdomen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Answers and Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
5. The Pelvis and Perineum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Answers and Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
6. The Lower Limb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Answers and Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
7. The Head and Neck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Answers and Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
iii
0523-00 FM 07/15/02 15:30 Page iii
This page intentionally left blank
Introduction
If you are planning to prepare for the United States
Medical Licensing Examination (USMLE) Step 1,
then this book is designed for you. Here, in one pack-
age, is a comprehensive review resource with over
600 examination type anatomy multiple-choice ques-
tions with referenced explanations of each answer.
This introduction provides specific information
on the USMLE Step 1, information on question types,
question-answering strategies, and various ways to
use this review.
THE UNITED STATES MEDICAL LICENSING
EXAMINATION STEP 1
The United States Medical Licensing Examination
Step 1 is a one-day computerized examination con-
sisting of approximately 400 questions to test your
knowledge in the basic sciences. It contains multiple-
choice questions organized within three dimensions.
Each dimension is weighted; however, the projected
percentages for these dimensions are subject to change
from exam to exam. The three dimensions are: (1) Sys-
tem, (2) Process, and (3) Organizational Level. The
application materials illustrate the percentage break-
out and offer you a detailed content outline to aid
you in your review.
Question Formats
The style and presentation of the questions have been
fully revised to conform with the United States Med-
ical Licensing Examinations. This will enable you to
familiarize yourself with the types of questions to be
expected and provide practice in recalling your knowl-
edge in each format. Following the answer to each
question, a reference to a particular and easily avail-
able text is provided for further reference and reading.
Each of the chapters contains single-best answer
multiple choice questions. In some cases, a group of
two or three questions may be related to a situa-
tional theme. In addition, some questions have illus-
trative material (e.g., line illustrations of anatomy)
that require understanding and interpretation on
your part. Moreover, questions may be of three
levels of difficulty: rote memory, memory question
that requires more understanding of the problem,
and a question that requires both understanding and
judgment. In view of the fact that the USMLE Step 1
is moving toward the judgment, critical-thinking
type question, we have attempted to write this
review with this emphasis.
One Best-Answer-Single Item Question. The major-
ity of the questions are posed in the A type, or “one
best answer single item” format. This is the most
popular question format in most exams. It generally
contains a brief statement, followed by five options
of which only ONE is entirely correct. The options
on the USMLE are lettered A, B, C, D, and E. Although
the format for this question type is straightforward,
the questions can be difficult because some of the
distractors may be partially right. The instructions
you will see for this type of question will generally
appear as below:
DIRECTIONS (Question 1): Each of the numbered
items or incomplete statements in this section is
followed by answers or by completions of the state-
ment. Select the ONE lettered answer or comple-
tion that is BEST in each case.
An example of this question type is:
1. An obese 21-year-old woman complains of in-
creased growth of coarse hair on her lip, chin,
v
0523-00 FM 07/15/02 15:30 Page v
chest, and abdomen. She also notes menstrual
irregularity with periods of amenorrhea. The
most likely cause is
(A) polycystic ovary disease
(B) an ovarian tumor
(C) an adrenal tumor
(D) Cushing’s disease
(E) familial hirsutism
In the question above, the key word is “most.”
Although ovarian tumors, adrenal tumors, and
Cushing’s disease are causes of hirsutism (described
in the stem of the question), polycystic ovary disease
is a much more common cause. Familial hirsutism
is not associated with the menstrual irregularities
mentioned. Thus, the most likely cause of the mani-
festations described can only be “(A) polycystic ovary
disease.”
Answers, Explanations, and References
In each of the sections of this book, the question sec-
tions are followed by a section containing the answers,
explanations, and references to the questions. This sec-
tion (1) tells you the answer to each question; (2) gives
you an explanation/review of why the answer is
correct and background information on the subject
matter; and (3) tells you where you can find more in-
depth information on the subject matter in other books
and/or journals. We encourage you to use this section
as a basis for further study and understanding.
If you choose the correct answer to a question,
you can then read the explanation (1) for reinforce-
ment and (2) to add to your knowledge about the sub-
ject matter (remember that the explanations usually
tell not only why the answer is correct, but also why
the other choices are incorrect). If you choose the
wrong answerto a question, you can read the expla-
nation for a learning/reviewing discussion of the
material in the question. Furthermore, you can note
the reference cited (e.g., “Joklik et al, pp 103–114”),
look up the full source in the bibliography at the end
of the section (e.g., “Joklik WK, Willett HP, Amos DB.
Zinsser’s Microbiology.20th ed. Norwalk, Conn: Apple-
ton & Lange; 1992”), and refer to the pages cited for a
more in-depth discussion.
SPECIFIC INFORMATION ON
THE STEP 1 EXAMINATION
The official source of all information with respect to
the United States Medical Licensing Examination
Step 1 is the National Board of Medical Examiners
(NBME), 3930 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia, PA
19104. Established in 1915, the NBME is a voluntary,
nonprofit, independent organization whose sole
function is the design, implementation, distribution,
and processing of a vast bank of question items, cer-
tifying examinations, and evaluative services in the
professional medical field.
Please contact the NBME or visit the USMLE
web site (www.usmle.org) for information on exam
registration and scoring.
vi Introduction
STRATEGIES FOR ANSWERING ONE BEST
ANSWER-SINGLE ITEM QUESTIONS
1. Remember that only one choice can be the correct answer.
2. Read the question carefully to be sure that you understand
what is being asked. Pay attention to key words like “most.”
3. Quickly read each choice for familiarity. (This important step
is often not done by test takers.)
4. Go back and consider each choice individually.
5. If a choice is partially correct, tentatively consider it to be
incorrect. (This step will help you eliminate choices and
increase your odds of choosing the correct answer.)
6. Consider the remaining choices and select the one you think
is the answer. At this point, you may want to quickly scan
the stem to be sure you understand the question and your
answer.
7. If you do not know the answer, make an educated guess.
Your score is based on the number of correct answers, not
the number you get incorrect. Do not leave any questions
unanswered.
8. The actual examination is timed for an average of 60 sec-
onds per question. It is important to be thorough to under-
stand the question, but it is equally important for you to
keep moving.
0523-00 FM 07/15/02 15:30 Page vi
DIRECTIONS (Questions 1 through 40): Each of the
numbered items or incomplete statements in this
section is followed by answers or by completions of
the statements. Select the ONE lettered answer or
completion that is BEST in each case.
1. The vertebral column does all of the following
EXCEPT
(A) protect the spinal cord and spinal nerves
(B) support the weight of the body
(C) provide a pivot for the head
(D) play an important role in posture and
locomotion
(E) form the main part of the appendicular
skeleton
2. Which of the following is NOT a distinctive
characteristic of a typical cervical vertebra?
(A) The body is small and wider from side to
side than anteroposteriorly.
(B) The vertebral foramen is large and
triangular.
(C) The transverse processes contain trans-
verse foramina.
(D) The articular processes contain superior
facets directed inferoanteriorly.
(E) The spinous processes are short and bifid.
3. Which of the following is NOT a distinctive
characteristic of a typical thoracic vertebra?
(A) The body is heart-shaped.
(B) The vertebral foramen is triangular and
larger than in cervical and lumbar
vertebrae.
CHAPTER 1
The Back
Questions
(C) The transverse processes are long and
strong and extend posterolaterally.
(D) The articular processes contain superior
facets directed posteriorly and slightly
laterally.
(E) The spinous processes are long and slope
posteroinferiorly.
4. Which of the following is a distinctive charac-
teristic of a typical lumbar vertebra?
(A) The body is massive and kidney-shaped
when viewed superiorly.
(B) The vertebral foramen is circular and
smaller than those of cervical and lumbar
vertebrae.
(C) The transverse processes are long and
slender and contain mammillary
processes.
(D) The articular processes contain accessory
processes.
(E) The spinous processes are long and slope
posteroinferiorly.
5. Which of the following is true regarding the
intervertebral disc between the C1 and C2 ver-
tebrae?
(A) Its annulus fibrosus is composed of con-
centric lamellae of fibrocartilage.
(B) It does not contain a nucleus pulposus as
other intervertebral discs do.
(C) It is thicker than other intervertebral discs.
(D) It acts like a shock absorber in response to
axial forces.
(E) There is no intervertebral disc between
the C1 and C2 vertebrae.
1
0523-01 Chap 1 07/15/02 15:31 Page 1
6. All of the following are true regarding the pos-
terior longitudinal ligament EXCEPT
(A) It is narrower and weaker than the ante-
rior longitudinal ligament.
(B) It runs within the vertebral canal and con-
nects the vertebral bodies to each other.
(C) It is provided with pain nerve endings.
(D) It helps prevent hyperextension of the
vertebral column.
(E) It is attached to the intervertebral discs and
the posterior edges of the vertebral bodies.
7. Spinal arteries supplying the vertebrae are
branches of the
(A) vertebral and ascending cervical arteries
in the neck
(B) posterior intercostal arteries in the lumbar
region
(C) subcostal and lumbar arteries in the pelvis
(D) iliolumbar and lateral and medial sacral
arteries in the thorax
(E) aorta
8. Which of the following back muscles is inner-
vated by dorsal rami?
(A) latissimus dorsi
(B) levator scapulae
(C) rhomboid major
(D) rhomboid minor
(E) longissimus
9. Which of the following is NOT a deep (or intrin-
sic) muscle of the back?
(A) serratus posterior inferior
(B) levatores costarum
(C) iliocostalis
(D) multifidus
(E) splenius capitis
10. The splenius capitis and cervicis
(A) extend the head and neck
(B) flex the head and neck
(C) elevate ribs, assisting inspiration
(D) stabilize the atlas and axis
(E) move the upper limb
11. The erector spinae muscles
(A) flex the vertebral column
(B) flex the head
(C) control flexion of the back
(D) prevent lateral bending of the vertebral
column
(E) assist with elevation
12. Which of the following is not a member of the
minor deep layer of the back?
(A) levatores costarum
(B) cervical intertransversarii
(C) spinalis
(D) interspinales
(E) thoracic intertransversarii
13. The transversospinalis muscles do all of the fol-
lowing EXCEPT
(A) extend the head
(B) extend the thoracic and cervical regions of
the vertebral column
(C) elevate ribs, assisting inspiration
(D) stabilize vertebrae
(E) assist with rotation of the vertebral column
14. Which of the following muscles does NOT
attach to transverse processes of vertebrae?
(A) semispinalis
(B) multifidus
(C) rotatores
(D) intertransversarii
(E) spinalis
15. Which of the following muscles does NOT lat-
erally bend the cervical intervertebral joints?
(A) longus colli
(B) iliocostalis cervicis
(C) longissimus capitis and cervicis
(D) splenius capitis
(E) splenius cervicis
16. Which of the following muscles are likely to be
organs of proprioception instead of producers
of motion?
2 1: The Back
0523-01 Chap 1 07/15/02 15:31 Page 2
Questions: 6–23 3
(A) iliocostalis
(B) spinalis
(C) rotatores
(D) splenius capitis
(E) longissimus
17. Which of the following statements is true regard-
ing the suboccipital and deep neck muscles?
(A) The rectus capitis posterior major arises
from the spinous process of C2 and
inserts into the lateral part of the inferior
nuchal line.
(B) The obliquus capitis inferior arises from
the posterior tubercle of the posterior arch
of C1 and inserts into the medial part of
the inferior nuchal line.
(C) The obliquus capitis superior arises from
the spinous process of C2 and inserts into
the transverse process of C1.
(D) The rectus capitis posterior minor arises
from the transverse process of C1 and
inserts into the occipital bone between the
nuchal lines.
(E) The suboccipital muscles are innervated
by the ventral rami of C1.
18. ALL of the following extend the atlanto-occipital
joint EXCEPT
(A) rectus capitis posterior major and minor
(B) semispinalis capitis
(C) longus capitis
(D) splenius capitis
(E) longissimus capitis
19. The suboccipital triangle is composed of
(A) a superolateral and superomedial border
(the superior oblique and rectus capitis
posterior major)
(B) an inferolateral border (semispinalis
capitis)
(C) a floor (C2)
(D) a roof (trapezius)
(E) greater and lesser occipital nerves
20. ALL of the following are innervated by dorsal
rami EXCEPT
(A) muscles of the suboccipital triangle
(B) skin over the neck and occipital bone
(innervated by greater occipital nerve)
(C) intrinsic muscles of the back
(D) skin of the neck and scalp (innervated by
lesser occipital nerve)
(E) skin of the central part of the back
21. Which of the following statements is correct?
(A) The spinal cord is enlarged in the thoracic
region for innervation of the upper limbs.
(B) The spinal cord is enlarged in the lumbo-
sacral region for innervation of the lower
limbs.
(C) In embryos, the spinal cord occupies only
the superior two-thirds of the vertebral
canal.
(D) In adults, the spinal cord occupies the full
length of the vertebral canal.
(E) The cauda equina is composed of ventral
but not dorsal roots.
22. Which of the following is NOT true in adults?
(A) The tapering end of the spinal cord may
terminate as high as T12 or as low as L3.
(B) The first cervical nerves lack dorsal roots
in 50% of people.
(C) The coccygeal nerve may be absent.
(D) The terminal filum is the vestigial rem-
nant of the caudal part of the spinal cord
that was in the tail of the embryo.
(E) The spinal cord has a lumbar enlargement
for the lower limb but no equivalent
enlargement for the smaller upper limb.
23. Which of the following is contained in the extra-
dural (epidural) space?
(A) fat (loose connective tissue)
(B) external vertebral venous plexus
(C) CSF
(D) denticulate ligaments
(E) radicular, medullary, and spinal arteries
0523-01 Chap 1 07/15/02 15:31 Page 3
24. All of the following are contained in the sub-
arachnoid (leptomeningeal) space EXCEPT
(A) CSF
(B) arachnoid trabeculae
(C) segmental medullary arteries
(D) spinal arteries
(E) internal vertebral plexus
25. Which of the following does NOT give rise to
arteries supplying the spinal cord?
(A) ascending cervical artery
(B) deep cervical artery
(C) intercostal arteries
(D) lumbar arteries
(E) thoracoacromial artery
26. Which of the following is true?
(A) There are paired anterior spinal arteries.
(B) There are paired posterior spinal arteries.
(C) The sulcal (central) arteries are formed by
the union of branches of the vertebral
arteries.
(D) Each anterior spinal artery is a branch of
either the posteroinferior cerebellar artery
or the vertebral artery.
(E) There is usually one anterior and one pos-
terior spinal vein
27. Which of the following is true?
(A) There are usually two anterior and two
posterior spinal veins.
(B) Veins of the spinal cord are distributed in
a similar fashion to that of spinal arteries.
(C) Spinal veins are unique in that they do
not communicate with each other.
(D) Spinal veins are arranged laterally.
(E) Spinal veins are drained by sulcal and
meningeal vein.
28. All of the following are contained in typical
spinal nerves EXCEPT
(A) sensory fibers from tendons and joints
(B) motor fibers to muscles
(C) parasympathetic fibers to glands
(D) sensory fibers from blood vessels and
glands
(E) motor fibers to smooth muscle
29. Which of the following is not true regarding the
parasympathetic nervous system?
(A) The cell body of the presynaptic
neuron is located in the gray matter of
the CNS.
(B) The cell body of the postsynaptic neuron
is located in an autonomic ganglion out-
side the CNS.
(C) The postsynaptic neuron emits norepi-
nephrine.
(D) Its neurons are craniosacral in origin.
(E) It promotes quiet and orderly processes of
the body.
30. Postsynaptic sympathetic fibers that ultimately
innervate the body wall and limbs do which of
the following?
(A) pass from the sympathetic trunks to adja-
cent ventral rami through gray rami com-
municantes
(B) pass from the sympathetic trunks to adja-
cent ventral rami through white rami
communicantes
(C) pass from the sympathetic trunks to
adjacent dorsal rami through gray rami
communicantes
(D) pass from the sympathetic trunks to
adjacent dorsal rami through white rami
communicantes
(E) pass from the sympathetic trunks to
splanchnic nerves
31. Postsynaptic sympathetic fibers do ALL of the
following EXCEPT
(A) constrict the pupil of the eye
(B) stimulate contraction of blood vessels
(C) stimulate contraction of erector pili
muscles
(D) cause sudomotion
(E) cause goose bumps
4 1: The Back
0523-01 Chap 1 07/15/02 15:31 Page 4
32. Which of the following is NOT true?
(A) Variations in vertebrae are affected by
race, sex, genetic factors, and environ-
mental factors.
(B) An increased number of vertebrae occurs
more often in males, and a reduced num-
ber occurs more often in females.
(C) The number of cervical vertebrae can be 6,
7, or 8.
(D) Some people have more than five lumbar
vertebrae and therefore fewer thoracic
vertebrae.
(E) The sacrum is typically composed of five
fused vertebrae.
33. Which of the following statements about
kyphosis is true?
(A) Kyphosis may result from developmental
anomalies as well as from osteoporosis.
(B) The vertebral column curves anteriorly.
(C) Kyphosis results in an increase in the lat-
eral diameter of the thorax.
(D) Women may develop a temporary kypho-
sis during pregnancy.
(E) It is also known as “swayback” or
“hollow back.”
34. Lordosis is characterized by which of the fol-
lowing?
(A) an abnormal increase in thoracic
curvature
(B) an anterior rotation of the pelvis
(C) an abnormal lateral curvature
(D) rotation of the vertebrae
(E) lateral curvature of the spine
35. Scoliosis may be caused by which of the fol-
lowing?
(A) asymmetrical weakness of intrinsic back
muscles
(B) difference in length of the upper limbs
(C) dehydrated intervertebral discs
(D) ipsilateral weakness in gluteal muscles
(E) sciatic nerve lesion
36. Which of the following is NOT true in respect
to caudal epidural anesthesia?
(A) A local anesthetic is injected into the
sacral hiatus or the posterior sacral foram-
ina.
(B) The anesthetic acts on S2-4 and the coc-
cygeal nerves.
(C) The height to which the anesthetic travels
is primarily limited by the amount of fat
in the epidural space.
(D) Sensation is lost inferior to the epidural
block.
(E) The sacral hiatus is located between the
sacral cornua and inferior to the 4th sacral
spinous process or median sacral crest.
37. Which of the following is NOT a vertebral
problem?
(A) sacralization of L5
(B) lumbarization of S1
(C) lumbarization of T12
(D) lumbar spinal stenosis
(E) hemisacralization of L5
38. Which of the following statements is true?
(A) In spina bifida cystica, the laminae of L5
and possibly S1 do not fuse properly.
(B) In spina bifida occulta, one or more verte-
bral arches do not develop, allowing
meninges and even the spinal cord to her-
niate.
(C) Paralysis of the limbs and problems with
bladder/bowel control may be associated
with meningomyelocele.
(D) Some cases of spina bifida result from an
improper closure of the neural tube dur-
ing the 8th week of embryonic develop-
ment.
(E) A meningocele is a spina bifida associated
with brain herniation.
Questions: 24–38 5
0523-01 Chap 1 07/15/02 15:31 Page 5
39. Which of the following are derivatives of the
epimere?
(A) erector spinae muscles
(B) prevertebral muscles
(C) quadratus lumborum
(D) striated muscles of the anus
(E) sternalis
40. Shortly after week four of development, dorsal
primary rami begin to innervate which of the
following?
(A) ventral axial skeletal musculature
(B) vertebral joints
(C) skin of the upper limb
(D) sweat glands of the lateral back region
(E) erector pili muscles
6 1: The Back
DIRECTIONS (Questions 41 through 46): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
0523-01 Chap 1 07/15/02 15:31 Page 6
Answers and Explanations
1. (E) The vertebral column forms the main part
of the axial skeleton (Moore, p 432).
2. (D) The articular processes contain superior
facets directed superoposteriorly (Moore, p 439).
3. (B) The vertebral foramen is circular and smaller
than the foramina of cervical and lumbar verte-
brae (Moore, p 441).
4. (A) The body is massive and kidney-shaped
when viewed superiorly. The vertebral foramen
is triangular and larger than the foramina in tho-
racic vertebrae and smaller than those in cervi-
cal vertebrae. The transverse processes are long
and slender and contain accessory processes.
The articular processes contain mammillary pro-
cesses. The spinous processes are short, thick,
and broad (Moore, p 442).
5. (E) There is no intervertebral disc between the
C1 and C2 vertebrae (Moore, p 451).
6. (D) The posterior longitudinal ligament helps
prevent hyperflexion of the vertebral column
(Moore, p 451).
7. (A) Spinal arteries supplying the vertebrae are
branches of the vertebral and ascending cervical
arteries in the neck, posterior intercostal arteries
in the thorax, subcostal and lumbar arteries in
the lumbar region, and iliolumbar and lateral
and medial sacral arteries in the pelvis (Moore,
p 467).
8. (E) The longissimus, a deep or intrinsic back
muscle, is innervated by dorsal rami. All super-
ficial or extrinsic back muscles except the trape-
zius, which is innervated by the accessory nerve,
are innervated by ventral rami(Moore, p 467).
9. (A) The serratus posterior inferior is an inter-
mediate extrinsic back muscle (Moore, p 467).
10. (A) The splenius capitis and cervicis, when act-
ing together, extend the head and neck (Moore,
p 468).
11. (C) The erector spinae muscles extend the ver-
tebral column and head when acting bilaterally,
control flexion of the back by gradually length-
ening their fibers, and bend the vertebral column
laterally when acting unilaterally (Moore, p 470).
12. (C) The spinalis is a member of the erector spinae
muscles, which comprise the intermediate mus-
cle layer of the back (Moore, p 470).
13. (C) The transversospinalis muscles do not ele-
vate the ribs to assist inspiration (Moore, p 470).
14. (E) The spinalis inserts on spinous processes—
not transverse processes. The semispinalis, multi-
fidus, rotatores, and intertransversarii all attach to
transverse processes of vertebrae (Moore, p 470).
15. (A) The longus colli flexes the cervical inter-
vertebral joints but does not bend them laterally
(Moore, p 473).
16. (C) Because of their small size and lack of
mechanical advantage, it has been proposed
that the rotatores are likely to be organs of pro-
prioception instead of producers of motion
(Moore, p 474).
7
0523-01 Chap 1 7/17/02 3:25 PM Page 7
17. (A) The rectus capitis posterior major arises
from the spinous processes of C2 and inserts into
the lateral part of the inferior nuchal line. The
rectus capitis posterior minor arises from the
posterior tubercle of the posterior arch of C1
and inserts into the medial part of the inferior
nuchal line. The obliquus capitis inferior arises
from the spinous processes of C2 and inserts
into the transverse process of C1. The obliquus
capitis superior arises from the transverse pro-
cess of C1 and inserts into the occipital bone
between the nuchal lines. The suboccipital mus-
cles are innervated by the dorsal rami of C1
(Moore, pp 475–476).
18. (C) The longus capitis flexes but does not extend
the atlanto-occipital joint (Moore, p 476).
19. (A) The suboccipital triangle is the deep trian-
gular area between the rectus capitis posterior
major and the superior and inferior oblique
muscles. The boundaries and course of the
suboccipital triangle include the rectus capitis
posterior major, the superior oblique, and the
inferior oblique. The floor is formed by the
atlanto-occipital membrane and posterior arch
of C1. The roof is formed by the semispinalis
capitis. The suboccipital triangle contains the
vertebral artery and suboccipital nerve (Moore,
pp 476–477).
20. (D) The lesser occipital nerve, which is com-
posed of ventral rami of C2 and C3, innervates
the skin of the neck and scalp (Moore, p 477).
21. (B) The spinal cord is enlarged in the lumbo-
sacral region for innervation of the lower limbs
(Moore, p 477).
22. (E) The spinal cord is enlarged in two regions
for innervation of the limbs. The tapering end of
the spinal cord may terminate as high as T12 or
as low as L3. The first cervical nerves lack dorsal
roots in 50% of people. The coccygeal nerve may
be absent. The terminal filum is the vestigial
remnant of the caudal part of the spinal cord that
was in the tail of the embryo (Moore, pp 477–479).
23. Fat (loose connective tissue) is contained in the
extradural (epidural) space (Moore, p 480).
24. (E) CSF, arachnoid trabeculae, segmental med-
ullary arteries, radicular arteries, and spinal
arteries are located in the subarachnoid (lepto-
meningeal) space. The internal vertebral venous
plexus is located in the extradural (epidural)
space (Moore, p 480).
25. (E) The vertebral, ascending cervical, deep cer-
vical, intercostal, lumbar, and lateral sacral arter-
ies give rise to arteries supplying the spinal cord
(Moore, p 486).
26. (B) There are paired posterior spinal arteries
(Moore, p 486).
27. (B) Veins of the spinal cord are distributed in a
similar fashion to that of spinal arteries (Moore,
p 486).
28. (C) Typical spinal nerves do not contain para-
sympathetic fibers (Moore, p 44–45).
29. (C) The postsynaptic neurons of the para-
sympathetic nervous system emit acetylcholine
(Moore, p 45).
30. (A) Postsynaptic sympathetic fibers that ulti-
mately innervate the body wall and limbs pass
from the sympathetic trunks to adjacent ventral
rami through gray rami communicantes
(Moore, p 47).
31. (A) Postsynaptic sympathetic fibers dilate but
do not constrict the pupil of the eye (Moore, p 47).
32. (C) The number of cervical vertebrae is con-
stant at seven (Moore, p 434).
33. (A) Kyphosis (humpback or hunchback) may
result from developmental anomalies as well as
from osteoporosis. It is characterized by an
abnormal increase in the thoracic curvature
with the vertebrae curving posteriorly, result-
ing in an increase in the anteroposterior diame-
ter of the thorax. Women may develop a
temporary lordosis—not kyphosis—during
pregnancy (Moore, p 434).
34. (B) Lordosis is characterized by an abnormal
rotation of the pelvis (Moore, p 434).
8 1: The Back
0523-01 Chap 1 07/15/02 15:31 Page 8
35. (A) Scoliosis may be caused by asymmetrical
weakness of intrinsic back muscles (myopathic
scoliosis), difference in length of the lower
limbs, failure of one half of a vertebra to
develop, or occasionally habitual standing or
sitting in an improper position (habit scoliosis)
(Moore, p 435).
36. (C) The height to which the anesthetic travels
is primarily limited by the amount injected and
by the position of the patient (Moore, p 435).
37. (C) Part or all of L5 may fuse with the sacrum
(hemisacralization or sacralization). In addi-
tion, S1 may separate from the sacrum and fuse
with L5. Lumbar stenosis occurs when an inter-
vertebral disc bulges and narrows the vertebral
canal in the lumbar region, compressing the
spinal nerve roots. T12 is not known to fuse
with L1 (Moore, pp 446–447).
38. (C) Paralysis of the limbs and problems with
bladder/bowel control may be present in severe
cases of meningomyelocele, which is associated
with spina bifida cystica, a condition in which
one or more vertebral arches do not develop. In
spina bifida occulta, the laminae of L5 and pos-
sibly S1 do not fuse properly. Some cases of spina
bifida result from an improper closure of the
neural tube during the 4th week of embryonic
development (Moore, pp 448–449).
39. (A) Myoblasts of the epimeres form the extensor
muscles of the vertebral column (Sadler, p 190).
40. (A) Dorsal primary rami innervate dorsal axial
musculature, vertebral joints, and the skin of
the back (Sadler, p 421).
41. intertransverse ligament
42. internal vertebral venous plexus
43. dura mater
44. arachnoid layer
45. conus medullaris
46. dorsal root ganglion
Answers and Explanations: 17–46 9
0523-01 Chap 1 07/15/02 15:31 Page 9
This page intentionally left blank
11
DIRECTIONS (Questions 1 through 83): Each of the
numbered items or incomplete statements in this
section is followed by answers or by completions of
the statement. Select the ONE lettered answer or
completion that is BEST in each case.
1. Which of the following is NOT true regarding
the clavicle?
(A) Its medial end is enlarged where it
attaches to the sternum.
(B) Its lateral end is flat where it articulates
with the humerus.
(C) The medial two-thirds of the shaft are
convex anteriorly.
(D) The clavicle transmits shock from the
upper limb to the axial skeleton.
(E) The clavicle is a “long bone” that has no
medullary cavity.
2. The trapezius attaches to which of the follow-
ing regions of the clavicle?
(A) lateral one-third of the clavicle
(B) conoid tubercle
(C) subclavian groove
(D) trapezoid line
(E) quadrangular tubercle
3. Which of the following is true in respect to the
scapula?
(A) The spine of the scapula continues later-
ally as the coracoid process.
(B) The lateral surface of the scapula forms
the glenoid cavity.
CHAPTER 2
The Upper Limb
Questions
(C) The acromion is superior to the glenoid
cavity and projects anterolaterally.
(D) The scapula is fastened securely to the
thoracic cage at the scapulothoracic joint.
(E) The acromioclavicular joint represents the
true shoulder joint.
4. Which of the following is NOT included in the
condyle of the humerus?
(A) radial, coronoid, and olecranon fossae
(B) epicondyles
(C) trochlea
(D) capitulum
(E) greater tubercle
5. Which of the following is NOT true in respect
to the ulna and radius?
(A) The brachialis attaches to the tuberosity of
the ulna.
(B) The ulnar styloid process is much larger
than the radial styloid process and
extends farther distally.
(C) The head of the ulna lies distally, whereas
the head of the radius articulates with the
humerus.
(D) The ulna is medial to the radius in the
anatomical position.
(E) The bodies of these bones are firmly bound
together by the interosseous membrane.
11
0523-02 Chap 2 07/15/02 15:31 Page 11
6. Which of the following is true regarding the
carpus?
(A) The scaphoid articulates proximally with
the ulna and has a tubercle.
(B) The lunate articulates with the ulna and is
broader anteriorly than posteriorly.
(C) The triquetrum articulates proximally
with the articular disc of the distal
radioulnar joint.
(D) The pisiform lies on the palmar surface of
the trapezium.
(E) It is composed of seven bones.
7. Which of the following describes the correct
order of the distal row of carpals from lateral to
medial?
(A) triquetrum, trapezoid, capitate, hamate
(B) trapezoid, trapezium, capitate, hamate
(C) trapezium, trapezoid, capitate, hamate
(D) trapezium, triquetrum, capitate, hamate
(E) scaphoid, lunate, triquetrum, pisiform
8. Which of the following is actually a lateral cuta-
neous branch of an intercostal nerve, innervat-
ing the skin of the medial surface of the arm?
(A) intercostobrachial nerve
(B) superior lateral cutaneous nerve of the arm
(C) inferior lateral cutaneous nerve of the arm
(D) medial cutaneous nerve of the arm
(E) lateral pectoral nerve
9. Which of the following is NOT a branch of the
radial nerve?
(A) posterior cutaneous nerve of the arm
(B) posterior cutaneous nerve of the forearm
(C) inferior lateral cutaneous nerve of the arm
(D) superior lateral cutaneous nerve of the
arm
(E) posterior interosseous nerve
10. Which of the following is NOT an anterior tho-
racoappendicular muscle?
(A) pectoralis major
(B) pectoralis minor
(C) deltoid
(D) subclavius
(E) serratus anterior
11. Which of the following best describes the action
of the pectoralis minor?
(A) stabilizes scapula by drawing it inferiorly
and anteriorly against thoracic wall
(B) anchors and depresses clavicle
(C) adducts and medially rotates humerus
(D) rotates scapula
(E) flexes humerus
12. Which of the following muscles attaches to the
coracoid process of the scapula?
(A) pectoralis minor
(B) triceps brachii
(C) brachialis
(D) pectoralis major
(E) subclavius
13. All of the following are medial rotators of the
arm EXCEPT
(A) latissimus dorsi
(B) teres major
(C) subscapularis
(D) infraspinatus
(E) anterior part of deltoid
14. What muscles are necessary to raise the arm
above the shoulder?
(A) first the supraspinatus, next the deltoid,
and then the serratus anterior
(B) first the deltoid, next the supraspinatus,
and then the serratus anterior
(C) first the supraspinatus, next the serratus
anterior, and then the deltoid
(D) first the serratus anterior, next the deltoid,
and then the supraspinatus
(E) first the deltoid, next the serratus anterior,
and then supraspinatus
15. Which of the following is innervated by the
dorsal scapular nerve?
(A) serratus anterior
(B) rhomboid major and minor
12 2: The Upper Limb
0523-02 Chap 2 07/15/02 15:31 Page 12
(C) erector spinae
(D) subscapularis
(E) supraspinatus
16. Which of the following is an extrinsic shoulder
muscle?
(A) deltoid
(B) teres major
(C) levator scapulae
(D) teres minor
(E) supraspinatus
17. Which of the following is true in respect to the
trapezius?
(A) It is innervated by the dorsal scapular
nerve.
(B) Its superior fibers retract the scapula.
(C) Its middle fibers elevate the scapula.
(D) Its inferior fibers retract the scapula.
(E) Its superior and inferior fibers act together
in rotating the scapula on the thoracic
wall.
18. A patient is asked to place the hands posteriorly
on the hips and to push the elbows posteriorly
against resistance. Which muscle is being tested?
(A) levator scapulae
(B) rhomboid
(C) trapezius
(D) latissimus dorsi
(E) serratus anterior
19. Which rotator cuff muscle does NOT rotate the
humerus?
(A) supraspinatus
(B) infraspinatus
(C) teres minor
(D) subscapularis
(E) teres major
20. The axillary nerve innervates which of the fol-
lowing muscles?
(A) coracobrachialis
(B) teres minor
(C) teres major
(D) subscapularis
(E) levator scapulae
21. Which of the following is NOT contained in the
axilla?
(A) axillary blood vessels
(B) lymph nodes
(C) trunks and divisions of the brachial
plexus
(D) axillary nerve
(E) lymph nodes
22. Which of the following is most correct?
(A) The subscapular artery arises from the
third part of the axillary artery and
contributes to blood supply of muscles
near the scapula and humerus.
(B) The second part of the axillary artery typi-
cally contains two branches—the thora-
coacromial artery and the superior
thoracic artery.
(C) The first part of the axillary artery lies
posterior to the pectoralis minor.
(D) The thoracoacromial artery supplies the
pectoral muscles, axillary lymph nodes,
and most importantly the lateral part of
the mammary gland in women.
(E) The lateral thoracic artery divides into
four branches, the acromial, deltoid, pec-
toral, and clavicular.
23. Which of the following is NOT correct?
(A) The brachial plexus is formed by the union
of the ventral rami of C5 through T1.
(B) The roots of the brachial plexus and the
subclavian artery pass through the gap
between the anterior and middle scalene
muscles.
(C) Gray rami contribute sympathetic fibers
to each root.
(D) Each of the three trunks of the brachial
plexus divide into anterior and posterior
divisions.
(E) The cords of the brachial plexus surround
the brachial artery.
Questions: 6–23 13
0523-02 Chap 2 07/15/02 15:31 Page 13
24. Which of the following is NOT a supraclavicu-
lar branch of the brachial plexus?
(A) dorsal scapular nerve
(B) lateral pectoral nerve
(C) long thoracic nerve
(D) nerve to the subclavius
(E) suprascapular nerve
25. Which of the following is true regarding the
quadrangular space?
(A) It is bounded superiorly by the teres
major.
(B) It is bounded inferiorly by the subscapu-
laris and teres minor.
(C) It is bounded medially by the humerus
and laterally by the long head of the
triceps.
(D) It contains the posterior circumflex
humeral artery and the axillary nerve.
(E) Brachial plexus herniations occur here.
26. Which of the following is NOT innervated by
the suprascapular nerve?
(A) supraspinatus
(B) infraspinatus
(C) glenohumeral joint
(D) skin over superior part of scapula
(E) shoulder joint
27. Which of the following is NOT a branch of the
posterior cord of the brachial plexus?
(A) upper and lower subscapular nerves
(B) thoracodorsal nerve
(C) axillary nerve
(D) radial nerve
(E) long thoracic nerve
28. Which of the following is NOT true in respect
to the brachialis?
(A) Its origin is the distal half of the anterior
surface of the humerus.
(B) Its insertion is the coronoid process and
tuberosity of the ulna.
(C) It flexes the forearm in all positions.
(D) It is primarily innervated by the musculo-
cutaneous nerve, but some of its lateral
part is innervated by a branch of the
radial nerve.
(E) It crosses two joints.
29. A patient is asked to abduct the arm 90 degrees
and then to extend the flexed forearm against
resistance. Which muscle is being tested?
(A) triceps brachii
(B) brachialis
(C) coracobrachialis
(D) biceps brachii
(E) supinator
30. The deep artery of the arm accompanies which
of the following before passing around the
body of the humerus?
(A) radial nerve
(B) musculocutaneous nerve
(C) median nerve
(D) ulnar nerve
(E) axillary nerve
31. Which muscle assists in extension of the fore-
arm, resists abduction of the ulna during prona-
tion of the forearm, and tenses the capsule of
the elbow joint so that it is not pinched when
the joint is extended?
(A) anconeus
(B) triceps brachii
(C) coracobrachialis
(D) brachialis
(E) biceps brachii
32. Which of the following is a branch of the brachial
artery?
(A) anterior and posterior circumflex humeral
arteries
(B) deltoid artery
(C) superior and inferior ulnar collateral
arteries
(D) thoracoacromial artery
(E) anterior and posterior ulnar recurrent
arteries
14 2: The Upper Limb
0523-02 Chap 2 07/15/02 15:31 Page 14
33. Which of the following nerves supply NO
branches to the arm?
(A) musculocutaneous and median
(B) radial and ulnar
(C) median and ulnar
(D) median and radial
(E) musculocutaneous and radial
34. Which of the following nerves is correctly paired
with its cutaneous branch?
(A) median nerve and medial antebrachial
cutaneous nerve
(B) musculocutaneous nerve and lateral ante-
brachial cutaneous nerve
(C) ulnar nerve and posterior antebrachial
cutaneous nerve
(D) median nerve and medial brachial cuta-
neous nerve
(E) radial nerve and superior lateral brachial
cutaneous nerve
35. The cubital fossa does NOT contain which of the
following?
(A) terminal part of the brachial artery
(B) deep accompanying veins of the arteries
(C) median nerve
(D) biceps brachii tendon
(E) ulnar nerve
36. A patient is unable to flex the arm and forearm.
Where is the lesion likely to be?
(A) ventral rami of C3–C4
(B) ventral rami of C5–C6–C7
(C) dorsal rami of C6–C7–C8
(D) ventral rami of C8–T1
(E) dorsal rami of T1
37. The radial nerve innervates muscles in the exten-
sor compartment of the forearm, but it also in-
nervates the following flexor:
(A) brachioradialis
(B) pronator teres
(C) palmaris longus
(D) pronator quadratus
(E) palmaris longus
38. Which muscle does NOT cross the elbow joint?
(A) flexor pollicis longus
(B) pronator teres
(C) flexor carpi radialis
(D) flexor carpi ulnaris
(E) flexor digitorum superficialis
39. The ulnar nerve innervates which of the fol-
lowing muscles in the flexor compartment?
(A) the medial part of the flexor digitorum
superficialis
(B) flexor carpi radialis
(C) pronator quadratus
(D) pronator teres
(E) the medial part of flexor digitorum
profundus
40. The radial artery lies just lateral to the tendon of
which muscle?
(A) pronator teres
(B) flexor carpi radialis
(C) palmaris longus
(D) flexor carpi ulnaris
(E) flexor digitorum superficialis
41. The palmaris longus tendon is a useful guide to
which nerve at the wrist?
(A) anterior interosseous nerve
(B) posterior interosseous nerve
(C) median nerve
(D) ulnar nerve
(E) radial nerve
42. To pronate the forearm, which of the following
must occur?
(A) The pronator quadratus initiates prona-
tion, assisted later by the pronator teres.
(B) The pronator teres initiates pronation,
assisted later by the pronator quadratus.
(C) The anconeus initiates pronation, assisted
later by the pronator teres.
(D) The pronator quadratus initiates prona-
tion, assisted later by the anconeus.
(E) The ulnar nerve must be used.
Questions: 24–42 15
0523-02 Chap 2 07/15/02 15:31 Page 15
43. The extensor carpi radialis longus tendon is
crossed by which two muscles?
(A) abductor pollicis longus and extensor pol-
licis longus
(B) extensor indicis and extensor digitorum
(C) extensor digitorum and extensor pollicis
brevis
(D) abductor pollicis longus and extensor pol-
licis brevis
(E) extensor indicis and extensor carpi radi-
alis brevis
44. Which of the following is true in respect to the
supinator?
(A) It is innervated by the ulnar nerve.
(B) It supinates the forearm by rotating the
ulna.
(C) It forms the floor of the cubital fossa along
with the brachioradialis.
(D) It supinates the forearm when the forearm
is already flexed.
(E) It rotates the radius to turn the palm ante-
riorly.
45. Which of the following does NOT take an ori-
gin from the lateral epicondyle of the humerus?
(A) extensor carpi radialis brevis
(B) extensor carpi ulnaris
(C) abductor pollicis longus
(D) supinator
(E) extensor digiti minimi
46. Which of the following is correctly paired with
its nerve?
(A) flexor pollicis longus and anterior
interosseous nerve
(B) flexor digitorum profundus and anterior
interosseous nerve
(C) extensor carpi radialis longus and poste-
rior interosseous nerve
(D) brachioradialis and posterior interosseous
nerve
(E) abductor pollicis longus and anterior
interosseous nerve
47. Which of the following is true in respect to the
anatomical snuff box?
(A) It is bounded anteriorly by the tendons of
the extensor pollicis longus.
(B) It is bounded posteriorly by the tendons
of the abductor pollicis longus and exten-
sor pollicis brevis.
(C) The radial artery lies in the floor of the
snuff box.
(D) The scaphoid and triquetrum can be pal-
pated within the snuff box.
(E) The snuff box is visible when the thumb is
fully flexed.
48. Which of the following does NOT abduct the
hand at the wrist joint?
(A) flexor carpi radialis
(B) extensor carpi radialis longus
(C) extensor carpi radialis brevis
(D) abductor pollicis longus
(E) palmaris longus
49. Which of the following is derived from the
radial artery?
(A) dorsal and palmar carpal arteries
(B) common interosseous artery
(C) anterior interosseous artery
(D) poster interosseous artery
(E) ulnar recurrent artery
50. The median nerve does which of the following?
(A) innervates the elbow joint with articular
branches
(B) innervates the medial half of the flexor
digitorum profundus
(C) innervates the hypothenar muscles
(D) innervates lumbricals 3 and 4
(E) innervates the skin of the dorsum of the
hand
51. The ulnar nerve does NOT do which of the fol-
lowing?
(A) innervate the elbow joint with articular
branches
(B) innervate the flexor carpi ulnaris
16 2: The Upper Limb
0523-02 Chap 2 07/15/02 15:31 Page 16
(C) innervate the skin on the lateral part of
the palm and dorsum of the hand
(D) innervate the adductor pollicis
(E) innervate the dorsal and palmar interossei
52. The radial nerve does NOT do which of the fol-
lowing?
(A) give a superficial branch that innervates
the dorsum of the hand
(B) innervate the brachioradialis and extensor
carpi radialis longus
(C) give a deep branch that innervates the
extensor carpi radialis brevis and
supinator
(D) give a posterior interosseous branch that
innervates all remaining extensor muscles
in the posterior compartment of the fore-
arm
(E) innervate the glenohumeral joint
53. Which of the following is NOT true in respect
to the flexor pollicis brevis?
(A) It is located medial to the abductor polli-
cis brevis.
(B) It flexes the thumb at the carpometacarpal
joint.
(C) It flexes the thumb at the metacarpopha-
langeal joint.
(D) Its tendon typically contains a sesamoid
bone.
(E) It is innervated by C5–C6.
54. Which of the following is true in respect to the
palmaris brevis?
(A) It aids the palmaris longus in tightening
the palmar aponeurosis.
(B) It is innervated by the median nerve.
(C) It is in the hypothenar compartment.
(D) It covers and protects the radial artery.
(E) It wrinkles the skin of the hypothenar
eminence and deepens the hollow of the
palm.
55. The recurrent branch of the median nerve does
NOT innervate which of the following?
(A) abductor pollicis brevis
(B) adductor pollicis
(C) flexor pollicis brevis
(D) opponens pollicis
(E) The recurrent branch of the median nerve
innervates all of the above.
56. Which of the following muscles is correctly
matched with the accompanying description?
(A) lumbricals 1 and 2 . . . bipennate
(B) lumbricals 3 and 4 . . . unipennate
(C) dorsal interossei 1–4 . . . bipennate
(D) palmar interossei 1–3 . . . bipennate
(E) deltoid . . . bipennate
57. The deep branch of the ulnar does NOT inner-
vate which of the following?
(A) abductor digiti minimi
(B) flexor digiti minimi brevis
(C) lumbricals 1 and 2
(D) dorsal interossei 3 and 4
(E) palmar interossei 1 and 2
58. The carpal tunnel does NOT contain which of
the following?
(A) median nerve
(B) four tendons of the flexor digitorum
superficialis
(C) four tendons of the flexor digitorum pro-
fundus
(D) the tendon of the flexor pollicis longus
(E) ulnar nerve
59. The sternoclavicular joint . . .
(A) . . . is a saddle-type synovial joint but
functions as a ball-and-socket joint.
(B) . . . is supplied by lateral thoracic and
thoracoacromial arteries.
(C) . . . is innervated by the lateral and medial
pectoral nerves.
(D) . . . is the articulation of the clavicle and
gladiolus of the sternum.
(E) . . . dislocates easily.
Questions: 43–59 17
0523-02 Chap 2 07/15/02 15:31 Page 17
60. Which of the following is true in respect to the
acromioclavicular joint?
(A) It is a saddle-type synovial joint.
(B) It is strengthened by the coracohumeral
and transverse humeral ligaments.
(C) It is supplied by the lateral thoracic
arteries.
(D) It is innervated by the nerve to the sub-
clavius.
(E) When dislocated, it is often referred to as
a “separated shoulder.”
61. Which of the following flexes the arm at the
glenohumeral joint?
(A) deltoid (posterior part)
(B) pectoralis major
(C) latissimus dorsi
(D) subscapularis
(E) infraspinatus
62. In respect to movement of the arm at the gleno-
humeral joint, which of the following move-
ments is correctly paired with its prime mover?
(A) extension . . . deltoid (posterior part)
(B) abduction . . . pectoralis major and latis-
simus dorsi
(C) adduction . . . deltoid
(D) medial rotation . . . infraspinatus
(E) lateral rotation . . . subscapularis
63. Which of the following is true in respect to the
elbow joint?
(A) It is a plane type of synovial joint.
(B) It is strengthened by the radial and ulnar
cruciate ligaments.
(C) It is supplied by the cephalic and basilic
arteries.
(D) It is innervated by the median and axil-
lary nerves.
(E) It is surrounded by the intratendinous ole-
cranon bursa, the subtendinous olecranon
bursa, and the subcutaneous olecranon
bursa.
64. Which of the following joints is paired correctly
with its type?
(A) proximal and distal radioulnar joints . . .
condyloid type of synovial joint
(B) radiocarpal joint . . . pivot type of synovial
joint
(C) intercarpal joints . . . plane type of syn-
ovial joints
(D) metacarpophalangeal joints . . . hinge type
of synovial joints
(E) interphalangeal joints . . . condyloid type
of synovial joints
65. All carpometacarpal and intermetacarpal joints
are plane types of synovial joints EXCEPT for
(A) the carpometacarpal joint of the thumb.
(B) the carpometacarpal joint of the fifth
metacarpal.
(C) the carpometacarpal joint of the third
metacarpal.
(D) the intermetacarpal joint of the 4th and
5th metacarpals.
(E) the intermetacarpal joint of the 1st and
2nd metacarpals.
66. Which of the following is NOT true in respect
to the clavicle?
(A) The clavicle varies more in shape than
most other long bones.
(B) The clavicle can be pierced by a branch of
the supraclavicular nerve.
(C) The clavicle is thicker and more curved in
manual workers.
(D) The right clavicle is stronger than the left
and is usually shorter.
(E) The clavicle is a compact bone.
67. Fractures of the scapula typically involve
(A) the acromion.
(B) the coracoid process.
(C) the spine.
(D) the inferior angle.
(E) the suprascapular notch.
68. Which of the following parts of the humerus is
matched correctly with the nerve with which it
is in direct contact?
18 2: The Upper Limb
0523-02 Chap 2 07/15/02 15:31 Page 18
(A) distal end of humerus . . . radial nerve
(B) surgical neck . . . musculocutaneous nerve
(C) radial groove . . . musculocutaneous nerve
(D) medial epicondyle . . . ulnar nerve
(E) scapular notch . . . suprascapular nerve
69. “Winging” of the scapula is most likely caused
by which of the following?
(A) a lesion to the long thoracic nerve
(B) a lesion to the thoracodorsal nerve
(C) injury to the suprascapular nerve
(D) damage to the dorsal scapular nerve
(E) damage to the upper and lower subscapu-
lar nerves
70. Which of the following is correct regarding the
triangle of auscultation?
(A) Its borders are the latissimus dorsi,
scapula, and trapezius.
(B) It is a good location to hear heart murmurs.
(C) The 8th and 9th ribs and the 8th inter-
costal space are subcutaneous here.
(D) It is a location of back trauma.
(E) It is a location for dorsal rami to pass to
the superficial back.
71. A patient cannot raise the trunk (as in climb-
ing). What is most likely the problem?
(A) damage to the ventral rami of C5–C6–C7
(B) paralysis of the latissimus dorsi
(C) injury to the dorsal scapular nerve
(D) damage to the dorsal rami of C8–T1
(E) injury to the axillary nerve
72. The scapula on one side of a patient is located
farther from the midline than that on the nor-
mal side. What might be the problem?
(A) paralysis of the rhomboids on one side
(B) injury to the long thoracic nerve
(C) a lesion of C7–C8
(D) dislocated shoulder
(E) separated shoulder
73. The axillary nerve is damaged. What is the
likely result?
(A) The teres major atrophies.
(B) The rounded contour of the shoulder dis-
appears.
(C) A loss of sensation may occur in the
lateral forearm.
(D) The patient may lose the ability to adduct
the arm.
(E) The patient may exhibit “wrist-drop.”
74. Which of the following is true regarding rotator
cuff injuries?
(A) Injury or disease may damage the rotator
cuff, causing instability of the acromio-
clavicular joint.
(B) The supraspinatus tendon is the most
commonly torn part of the rotator cuff.
(C) The teres major takes the longest to reha-
bilitate of the rotator cuff muscles.
(D) The injuries occur when the muscles pull
away from their origin on the acromion.
(E) Acute tears are common in young persons.
75. A patient has been thrown from a motorcycle,
landing on the shoulder such that the neck and
shoulder are widely separated. You suspect an
upper brachial plexus injury. What signs do you
expect?
(A) “clawhand”
(B) paralysis of flexor carpi ulnaris, flexor
digitorum superficialis, and flexor digito-
rum profundus
(C) adducted shoulder, medially rotated arm,
and extended elbow
(D) loss of sensation in the medial forearm
(E) “wrist-drop”
76. A patient exhibits “clawhand.” What might
have happened?
(A) upper brachial plexus injury
(B) acute brachial plexus neuritis
(C) compression of the cords of the brachial
plexus
(D) lower brachial plexus injury
(E) damage to dorsal rami that send fibers to
the brachial plexus
Questions: 60–76 19
0523-02 Chap 2 07/15/02 15:31 Page 19
77. A patient receives a knife wound to the axilla.
What problems do you expect?
(A) damage to the axillary nerve
(B) paralysis of the coracobrachialis, biceps,
and brachialis
(C) inability to extend the wrist and digits at
the metacarpophalangeal joints
(D) loss of sensation on the medial surface of
the arm
(E) “clawhand”
78. A patient tries to make a fist, but digits 2 and
3 remain partially extended. What nerve is
injured?
(A) ulnar nerve
(B) radial nerve
(C) median nerve
(D) musculocutaneous nerve
(E) axillary nerve
79. Which of the following is true in respect to ulnar
nerve injuries?
(A) The injury often occurs where the nerve
passes posterior to the medial epicondyle
of the humerus.
(B) The patient experiences numbness and
tingling on the lateral part of the palm
and the thumb.
(C) The patient may exhibit “waiter’s tip
hand.”
(D) Patients have difficulty because they can-
not flex their first, second, and third digits
at the DIP joints.
(E) Power of abduction is impaired, and
when the patient attempts to flex the
wrist, the flexor carpi ulnaris brings the
hand to the medial side.
80. Which limb defect is correctly matched with its
definition?
(A) meromelia . . . complete absence of one or
more extremities
(B) phocomelia . . . all segments of extremities
are present but abnormally short
(C) micromelia . . . partial absence of one or
more extremities
(D) amelia . . . long bones are absent, and
small hands or feet are attached to the
trunk by short, irregular bones
(E) cleft hand (lobster claw deformity) . . .
absent third metacarpal, fusion of digits
1–2 and 4–5
81. Syndactylyl involves
(A) extra fingers or toes.
(B) absence of a digit or limb.
(C) abnormal fusion of fingers and toes.
(D) small hands or feet being attached to trunk
by short bones instead of long bones.
(E) congenital dislocation of glenohumeral
joint.
82. Which of the following is NOT correct?
(A) During development, dorsal cells orga-
nize as the epimere and ventral cells orga-
nize as the hypomere.
(B) Dorsal rami innervate muscles derived
from the epimere.
(C) Ventral rami innervate muscles derived
from the hypomere.
(D) Myoblasts of the hypomere form the
extensor muscles of the vertebral column.
(E) Somites and somitomeres form the mus-
culature of the limbs.
83. A patient in surgery has no pectoralis major.
What do you suspect?
(A) trauma
(B) dominant pectoralis minor
(C) drug-induced muscle hypoplasia
(D) atrophy of the muscle
(E) congenital absence of the muscle
20 2: The Upper Limb
0523-02 Chap 2 07/15/02 15:31 Page 20
DIRECTIONS (Questions 84 through 88): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
Questions: 77–93 21
DIRECTIONS (Questions 89 through 93): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
0523-02 Chap 2 07/15/02 15:31 Page 21
22 2: The Upper Limb
DIRECTIONS (Questions 94 through 98): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
0523-02 Chap 2 07/15/02 15:31 Page 22
Answers and Explanations
1. (B) The lateral end of the clavicle is flat where
it articulates with the acromion at the acromio-
clavicular (AC) joint (Moore, pp 665–666).
2. (A) The trapezius attaches to the lateral third of
the clavicle, acromion, and spine of the scapula.
The deltoid attaches to the deltoid tubercle, the
conoid ligament attaches to the conoid tubercle,
the subclavius attaches to the subclavian groove,
and the trapezoid ligament attaches to the trape-
zoid line (Moore, pp 666, 691).
3. (B) The lateral surface of the scapula forms the
glenoid cavity, superior to which the coracoid
process projects anterolaterally. The glenohum-
eral joint itself represents the true shoulder joint,
whereas the scapulothoracic joint, which is a con-
ceptual joint, is a location where the scapula
moves easily on the thoracic wall. The spine of
the scapula continues laterally as the acromion
(Moore, pp 668–669).
4. (E) The condyle of the humerus (the distal end)
includes the epicondyles, trochlea, capitulum,
and the three fossae (radial, coronoid, and radial)
(Moore, p 670).
5. (B) The radial styloid process is much larger
than the ulnar styloid process and extends far-
ther distally (Moore, p 671–672).
6. (C) The scaphoid articulates proximally with
the radius and has a large tubercle. The lunate
articulates with the radius and is broader anteri-
orly than posteriorly. The triquetrum articulates
proximally with the articular disc of the distal
radioulnar joint. The pisiform lies on the palmar
surface of the triquetrum (Moore, p 674).
7. (C) From lateral to medial, the four bones of the
distal row of carpals are the trapezium, trape-
zoid, capitate, and hamate (Moore, p 674).
8. (A) The intercostobrachial nerve is the lateral
cutaneous branch of the second intercostal nerve
from T2, innervating the skin of the medial sur-
face of the arm (Moore, p 684).
9. (D) The posterior cutaneous nerve of the arm,
posterior cutaneous nerve of the forearm, and
inferior lateral cutaneous nerve of the arm are
branches of the radial nerve. The superior lateral
cutaneous nerve is a branch of the axillary nerve
(Moore, p 684).
10. (C) The pectoralis major, pectoralis minor, sub-
clavius, and serratus anterior are anterior tho-
racoappendicular muscles. The deltoid is a
scapulohumeral (shoulder) muscle (Moore, pp
688, 691).
11. (A) The pectoralis minor stabilizes the scapula
by drawing it inferiorly and anteriorly against
the thoracic wall (Moore, p 688).
12. (A) The pectoralis minor, biceps brachii (short
head), and coracobrachialis attach to the cora-
coid process of the scapula (Moore, p 688).
13. (D) The latissimus dorsi, teres major, and sub-
scapularis medially rotate the arm. The infra-
spinatus and teres minor rotate the arm laterally.
The deltoid is unique in that its anterior part
rotates the arm medially, and its posterior part
rotates the arm laterally (Moore, p 691).
14. (A) The supraspinatus initiates abduction of
the arm. The deltoid becomes fully effective as
23
0523-02 Chap 2 07/15/02 15:31 Page 23
an abductor following the initial 15 degrees of
abduction. The serratus anterior rotates the
scapula, elevating its glenoid cavity so that the
arm can be raised above the shoulder (Moore,
pp 695, 696, 689).
15. (B) The dorsal scapular nerve innervates the
levator scapulae, rhomboid major, and rhom-
boid minor (Moore, p 691).
16. (C) The trapezius, latissimus dorsi, levator
scapulae, and rhomboids are extrinsic shoulder
muscles. The deltoid, teres major, supraspinatus,
infraspinatus, teres minor, and subscapularis are
intrinsic shoulder muscles (Moore, pp 691–692).
17. (E) The trapezius, innervated by the spinal root
of the accessory nerve (XI), is composed of three
types of fibers. Its superior fibers elevate the
scapula, its middle fibers retract the scapula, and
its inferior fibers depress the scapula. Its superior
and inferior fibers act together in rotating the
scapula on the thoracic wall (Moore, p 694).
18. (B) To test the rhomboids, the patient is asked
to place the hands posteriorly on the hips and to
push the elbows posteriorly against resistance
(Moore, p 695).
19. (A) The supraspinatus is the only rotator cuff
muscle that does not rotate the humerus (Moore,
pp 697–698).
20. (B) The axillary nerve innervates both the del-
toid and the teres minor (Moore, p 691).
21. (C) The axilla contains axillary blood vessels,
lymph nodes, the cords and branches of the
brachial plexus, and the axillary nerve. The
trunks and divisions are found superior to
the axilla in the neck (Moore, p 699).
22. (A) The subscapular artery arises from the third
part of the axillary artery and contributes to
blood supply of muscles near the scapula and
humerus (Moore, p 701).
23. (E) The brachial plexus is formed by the union
of the ventral rami of C5 through T1. The roots
of the brachial plexus and the subclavian artery
pass through the gap between the anterior and
middle scalene muscles. Gray rami contribute
sympathetic fibers to each root. The roots of the
brachial plexus form three trunks, each of which
divides into anterior and posterior divisions.
The cords of the brachial plexus surround the
axillary artery (Moore, p 708).
24. (B) The dorsal scapular nerve, long thoracic
nerve, nerve to the subclavius, and supra-
scapular nerve are supraclavicular branches of
the brachial plexus, whereas the lateral pectoral
nerve is an infraclavicular branch, originating
from the lateral cord (Moore, pp 708–709).
25. (D) The quadrangular space is bounded superi-
orly by the subscapularis and teres minor, infe-
riorly by the teres major, medially by the long
head of triceps, and laterally by the humerus. It
contains the axillary nerve and the posterior cir-
cumflex humeral artery (Moore, p 711).
26. (D) The suprascapular nerve innervates the
supraspinatus, infraspinatus, and glenohumeral
(shoulder) joint (Moore, p 710).
27. (E) The posterior cord gives rise to the upper and
lower subscapular nerves, thoracodorsal nerve,
axillary nerve, and radial nerve. The long tho-
racic nerve originates from C5–C6–C7 (Moore,
pp 711).
28. (E) The brachialis originates from the distal half
of the anterior surface of the humerus and inserts
on the coronoid process and tuberosity of the
ulna. It crosses one joint, flexing the forearm in
all positions. While it is primarily innervated by
the musculocutaneous nerve, some of its lateral
part is innervated by a branch of the radial nerve
(Moore, p 722).
29. (A) To test the triceps brachii, the arm is abducted
90 degrees and then the flexed forearm is extended
against resistance (Moore, p 724).
30. (A) The deep artery of the arm accompanies
the radial nerve through the radial groove and
passes around the body of the humerus (Moore,
p 728).
24 2: The Upper Limb
0523-02 Chap 2 07/15/02 15:31 Page 24
31. (A) The anconeus assists in extension of the fore-
arm, resists abduction of the ulna during prona-
tion of the forearm, and tenses the capsule of the
elbow joint so that it is not pinched when the
joint is extended (Moore, p 724).
32. (C) The axillary artery gives rise to the superior
thoracic, thoracoacromial, lateral thoracic, sub-
scapular, and anterior and posterior circumflex
humeral arteries. The brachial artery gives rise to
the deep artery of the arm, the nutrient humeral
artery, and the superior and inferior collateral
arteries. The ulnar artery gives rise to the anterior
and posterior ulnar recurrent, common inter-
osseous, anterior and posterior interosseous, and
dorsal and palmar carpal branch arteries (Moore,
pp 699, 727–728, 750).
33. (C) The median and ulnar nerves supply no
branches to the arm (Moore, p 730).
34. (B) The median nerve gives rise to a palmar
cutaneous branch; the ulnar nerve as well has a
palmar cutaneous branch. The radial nerve gives
rise to the posterior brachial cutaneous nerve,
the posterior antebrachial cutaneous nerve, the
inferior lateral brachial cutaneous nerve, and a
superficial branch that innervates the dorsum of
the hand and the digits. The musculocutaneous
nerve continues as the lateral antebrachial cuta-
neous nerve. The axillary nerve gives rise to the
superior lateral brachial cutaneous nerve. The
medial cord of the brachial plexus gives rise to
the medial brachial cutaneous nerve and the
medial antebrachial cutaneous nerve. The supra-
clavicular nerves (from C3–C4) and the inter-
costobrachial nerve (from T2) also contribute
to the cutaneous innervation of the arm (Moore,
pp 684, 758–759).
35. (E) The cubital fossa contains the terminal part
of the brachial artery (and the beginning of the
ulnar and radial arteries), deep accompanying
veins, the median nerve, and the biceps brachii
tendon. In the tissue superficial to the fossa are
the median cubital vein and medial and lateral
antebrachial cutaneous nerve. The deep and
superficial branches of the radial nerve are
within the floor of the fossa (Moore, pp 731–732).
36. (B) A patient who is unable to flex the arm and
forearm is likely to have a lesion in the ventral
rami of C5, C6, and C7. The biceps brachii and
brachialis receive fibers from C5 and C6, and the
coracobrachialis receives fibers from C5, C6, and
C7. C6 is the main source of fibers for each
(Moore, p 722).
37. (A) The brachioradialis is a flexor of the forearm,
but it is located in the extensor compartment and
is innervated by the radial nerve (Moore, p 734).
38. (A) The superficial muscles (pronator teres,
flexor carpi radialis, palmaris longus, flexor
carpi ulnaris, and flexor digitorum superficialis)
cross the elbow joint. The deep muscles (flexor
digitorum profundus, flexor pollicis longus, and
pronator quadratus) do not (Moore, p 734).
39. (E) All muscles in the anterior compartment
of the forearm are innervated by the median
nerve, except for the flexor carpi ulnaris and the
medial part of the flexor digitorum profundus,
which are innervated by the ulnar nerve (Moore,
pp 736–737).
40. (B) The radial artery lies lateral to the tendon of
the flexor carpi radialis (Moore, p 737).
41. (C) The palmaris longus tendon is a guide for
locating the median nerve at the wrist (Moore,
p 737).
42. (A) To pronate the forearm, the pronator quad-
ratus initiates pronation, assisted later by the
pronator teres (Moore, p 741).
43. (D) The extensor carpi radialis longus tendon
is crossed by the abductor pollicis longus and
extensor pollicis brevis (Moore, p 745).
44. (E) The supinator, which forms the floor of the
cubital fossa along with the brachioradialis, is
innervated by the deep branch of the radial
nerve. It supinates the forearm by rotating the
radius. The biceps brachii also supinates the
forearm when the forearm is already flexed
(Moore, p 746).
Answers and Explanations: 15–44 25
0523-02 Chap 2 07/15/02 15:31 Page 25
45. (C) The abductor pollicis longus originates from
the posterior surfaces of the ulna, radius, and
interosseous membrane. The following muscles
take at least one of their origins from the lateral
epicondyle of the humerus: extensor carpi radi-
alis brevis, extensor digitorum, extensor digiti
minimi, extensor carpi ulnaris, and supinator
(Moore, p 742).
46. (A) The flexor pollicis longus is innervated by
the anterior interosseous nerve from the median
nerve (Moore, pp 736–737, 742–743).
47. (C) The snuff box is bounded anteriorly by the
tendons of the abductor pollicis longus and ex-
tensor pollicis brevis. Posteriorly it is bounded
by the tendon of the extensor pollicis longus. The
radial artery can be felt in the floor, along with
the radial styloid process, first metacarpal,
scaphoid, and trapezium (Moore, p 749).
48. (E) The hand is abducted at the wrist joint by the
flexor carpi radialis, abductor pollicis longus,
extensor carpi radialis longus, and extensor carpi
radialis brevis (Moore, pp 736, 742).
49. (A) The radial artery gives rise to the radial
recurrent artery as well as dorsal and palmar
carpal branches. The ulnar artery gives rise to the
common interosseous artery, anterior and poste-
rior interosseous arteries, anterior and posterior
ulnar recurrent arteries, and dorsal and palmar
carpal branches (Moore, p 750).
50. (A) The median nerve assists in the innervation
of the elbow joint and gives muscular branches
to pronator teres, flexor carpi radialis, palmaris
longus, and flexor digitorum superficialis. The
median nerve also has an anterior interosseous
branch that innervates the lateral part of the
flexor digitorum profundus, flexor pollicis
longus, and pronator quadratus. The recurrent
branch of the median nerve innervates the
thenar muscles, and the palmar cutaneous
branch innervates the skin of the lateral part of
the palm (Moore, pp 757–759).
51. (C) The ulnar nerve gives rise to articular
branches that innervate the elbow joint and mus-
cular branches that innervate the flexor carpi
ulnaris and medial half of the flexor digitorum
profundus. The palmar cutaneous branch inner-
vates the skin of the medial part of the palm, and
the dorsal cutaneous branch innervates the pos-
terior surface of the medial part of the hand and
digits. The deep branch innervates the hypo-
thenar muscles, adductor pollicis, interossei, and
the 3rd and 4th lumbricals (Moore, pp 759–760).
52. (E) The radial nerve gives a superficial branch
that innervates skin on the dorsum of the hand.
The radial nerve itself innervates the brachiora-
dialis and extensor carpi radialis longus. It then
gives a deep branch that innervates the extensor
carpi radialis brevis and the supinator before
continuing as the posterior interosseous nerve,
which innervates the extensor digitorum, ex-
tensor digiti minimi, extensor carpi ulnaris, ab-
ductor pollicis longus, extensor pollicis brevis,
extensor pollicis longus, and extensor indicis
(Moore, pp 742, 761).
53. (E) The flexor pollicis brevis is located medial to
the abductor pollicis brevis. It flexes the thumb
at the carpometacarpal and metacarpophalan-
geal joints and assists in opposition. Its tendon
typically contains a sesamoid bone. It is inner-
vated by the recurrent branch of the median
nerve (C8–T1) (Moore, p 767).
54. (E) The palmaris brevis, innervated by the ulnar
nerve, wrinkles the skin of the hypothenar emi-
nence and deepens the hollow of the palm, assist-
ing the palmar grip. The muscle actually covers
and protects the ulnar artery and the ulnar nerve,
which innervates it. The muscle is not by defi-
nition in the hypothenar compartment. The pal-
maris longus, on the other hand, flexes the hand
at the wrist and tightens the palmar aponeuro-
sis (Moore, p 768).
55. (B) The recurrent branch of the median nerve
innervates the abductor pollicis brevis, flexor
pollicis brevis, and opponens pollicis, but the
deep branch of the ulnar nerve innervates adduc-
tor pollicis (Moore, pp 769–770).
56. (C) Lumbricals 1–2 and palmar interossei 1–3
are unipennate muscles. Lumbricals 3–4 and dor-
sal interossei 1–4 are bipennate muscles. The del-
toid is multipennate (Moore, p 770).
26 2: The Upper Limb
0523-02 Chap 2 07/15/02 15:31 Page 26
57. (C) The deep branch of the ulnar nerve inner-
vates the adductor pollicis, abductor digiti min-
imi, flexor digiti minimi brevis, opponens digiti
minimi, lumbricals 3 and 4, dorsal interossei 1–4,
and palmar interossei 1–3. The median nerve
innervates lumbricals 1 and 2 (Moore, p 770).
58. (E) The carpal tunnel contains the median nerve,
the four tendons of the flexor digitorum superfi-
cialis, the four tendons of the flexor digitorum
profundus, and the tendon of the flexor pollicis
longus (Moore, p 774).
59. (A) The sternoclavicular joint, which does not
dislocate easily, is a saddle-type synovial joint
but functions as a ball-and-socket joint. It is the
articulation of the sternal end of the clavicle with
the manubrium of the sternum. The joint is sup-
plied by the internal thoracic and suprascapular
arteries and is innervated by branches of the
medial supraclavicular nerve and the nerve to
the subclavius (Moore, pp 781–782).
60. (E) The acromioclavicular joint is a plane-type
synovial joint and is strengthened by the AC lig-
ament and the coracoclavicular ligament, which
is composed of the conoid and trapezoid liga-
ments. It is supplied by the suprascapular and
thoracoacromial arteries and is innervated by
the supraclavicular, lateral pectoral, and axillary
nerves. When dislocated, it is referred to as a
“separated shoulder” (Moore, pp 784, 787).
61. (B) The pectoralis major (clavicular head) and
deltoid (anterior part) flex the arm at the gleno-
humeral joint. The coracobrachialis and the bi-
ceps brachii assist (Moore, p 792).
62. (A) The posterior portion of the deltoid causes
extension of the arm at the glenohumeral joint.
The deltoid (as a whole, but especially the cen-
tral part) causes abduction, whereas the pec-
toralis major and latissimus dorsi cause adduc-
tion. The subscapularis causes medial rotation,
whereas the infraspinatus causes lateral rota-
tion (Moore, p 792).
63. (E) The elbow is a hinge type of synovial joint,
strengthened by radial and ulnar collateral liga-
ments. It is supplied by arteries derived from the
anastomosis around the elbow and is inner-
vated by the musculocutaneous, radial, and
ulnar nerves. It is surrounded by the intratendi-
nous olecranon bursa, the subtendinous olec-
ranon bursa, and the subcutaneous olecranon
bursa (Moore, pp 795–798).
64. (C) The proximal and distal radioulnar joints
are pivot-type synovial joints. The radiocarpal
(wrist) joint is a condyloid type of synovial joint.
Intercarpal joints are plane-type synovial joints.
Metacarpophalangeal joints are condyloid types
of synovial joints. Interphalangeal joints are
hinge-type synovial joints (Moore, pp 800, 803,
807, 809).
65. (A) All carpometacarpal and intermetacarpal
joints are the plane-type synovial joints except
for the carpometacarpal joint of the thumb,
which is a saddle joint (Moore, p 809).
66. (E) The clavicle varies more in shape than most
other long bones and is thicker and more curved
in manual workers. The right clavicle is stronger
than the left and is usually shorter. The clavicle
can also be pierced by a branch of the supracla-
vicular nerve. The clavicle is a long bone with no
medullary cavity. It consists of spongy (cancel-
lous) bone with a shell of compact bone (Moore,
p 667).
67. (A) Fractures of the scapula typically involve the
protruding subcutaneous acromion. The remain-
der of the scapula is well protected by muscles
and the thoracic wall itself (Moore, p 669).
68. (D) The surgical neck of the humerus is in direct
contact with the axillary nerve, the radial nerve
runs in the radial groove, the distal end of the
humerus is in direct contact with the median
nerve, and the medial epicondyle is in contact
with the ulnar nerve (Moore, p 670).
69. (A) Damage to the long thoracic nerve results
in “winging” of the scapula (Moore, p 689).
70. (A) The triangle of auscultation, a good place to
examine lung sounds, is bounded by the supe-
rior horizontal border of the latissimus dorsi, the
medial border of the scapula, and the inferolat-
Answers and Explanations: 45–70 27
0523-02 Chap 2 07/15/02 15:31 Page 27
eral border of the trapezius. The 6th and 7th ribs
and the 6th intercostal space is subcutaneous
(Moore, p 693).
71. (B) With paralysis of the latissimus dorsi, the
patient is unable to raise the trunk as necessary
for climbing. The cause could be injury to the
thoracodorsal nerve (C6–C7–C8) (Moore, p 693).
72. (A) Injury to the dorsal scapular nerve (C4–C5)
can paralyze the rhomboids, causing the scapula
on one side to be located farther from the midline
than that on the normal side (Moore, p 695).
73. (B) The deltoid atrophies when the axillary
nerve (C5–C6) is damaged. Therefore, the
rounded contour of the shoulder often dis-
appears. A loss of sensation may occur on the
lateral side of the proximal part of the arm
(Moore, pp 696–697).
74. (B) Injury or disease may damage the rotator
cuff, causing instability of the glenohumeral
joint. The supraspinatus tendon is the most
commonly torn part of the rotator cuff. Acute
tears are uncommon in young persons (Moore,
pp 698–699).
75. (C) In an upper brachial plexus injury causing
Erb-Duchenne palsy, one would expect damage
to C5–C6, resulting in “waiter’s tip position”
(adducted shoulder, medially rotated arm, and
extended elbow). This results from paralysis of
the deltoid, biceps, brachialis, and brachioradi-
alis. The lateral aspect of the upper limb also
experiences loss of sensation (Moore, p 716).
76. (D) Damage to the inferior trunks of the brachial
plexus (C8–T1) affects the short muscles of the
hand, resulting in “clawhand.” The patient might
have grabbed a tree limb to catch himself while
falling to cause this injury. “Clawhand” may also
be caused by an injury to the ulnar nerve (Moore,
pp 716–717, 761).
77. (B) A knife wound to the axilla would dam-
age the musculocutaneous nerve and result in
paralysis of the coracobrachialis, biceps, and
brachialis. Therefore, flexion of the elbow joint
and supination of the forearm would be weak-
ened. The patient would also lose sensation on
the lateral surface of the forearm (Moore, p 731).
78. (C) When the median nerve is injured, the pa-
tient often exhibits the “hand of benediction.”
When the patient tries to make a fist, digits 2 and
3 remain partially extended because flexion of
the PIP joints is lost in digits 1–3 and weakened
in digits 4–5. Flexion of the DIP joints is lost in
digits 2–3 but maintained in digits 4–5 (since the
ulnar nerve controls the medial part of the flexor
digitorum profundus). Flexion of the MCP joints
of digits 2-3 will also be affected due to a loss of
the lumbricals 1 and 2 (Moore, pp 757, 774, 776).
79. (A) The ulnar nerve is often injured where it
passes posterior to the medial epicondyle of the
humerus. The patient experiences loss of sensa-
tion in the medial part of the palm as well as in
the medial 1
1
2
digits. Most intrinsic hand mus-
cles are paralyzed, and the patient loses the
ability to adduct the hand at the wrist. Patients
cannot make a fist since they are unable to flex the
4th and 5th digits at the DIP joints. The result-
ing deformity is known as “clawhand” (Moore,
pp 761, 776–777).
80. (E) Amelia is the complete absence of one or
more extremities while meromelia is the partial
absence of one or more extremities. All segments
of extremities are present but abnormally short
in micromelia. In phocomelia, long bones are
absent, and small hands or feet are attached to
the trunk by short, irregular bones. In cleft hand
(lobster claw deformity), the third metacarpal is
absent and digits 1–2 and 4–5 are fused (Sadler,
p 179).
81. (C) Syndactyly involves abnormal fusion of fin-
gers and toes. Cleft hand (lobster claw defor-
mity) consists of an abnormal cleft between the
2nd and 4th metacarpal bones, with the 3rd
metacarpal and phalangeal bones being absent
and with digits 1–2 and 4–5 being fused. Poly-
dactyly involves extra fingers or toes, while
ectrodactyly involves the absence of a digit.
Mutations in HOXA13result in hand-foot-geni-
tal syndrome, where carpals and short digits are
fused and the genitalia have altered structures
(Sadler, p 181).
28 2: The Upper Limb
0523-02 Chap 2 07/15/02 15:31 Page 28
82. (D) During development, dorsal cells organize
as the epimere and ventral cells organize as the
hypomere. Dorsal rami innervate muscles de-
rived from the epimere, whereas ventral rami
innervate muscles derived from the hypomere.
Myoblasts of the epimere form the extensor
muscles of the vertebral column, and those of the
hypomere give rise to muscles of the limbs and
body wall. Somites and somitomeres form the
musculature of the limbs (Sadler, pp 189–190).
83. (E) Partial or complete absence of one or more
muscles is rather common. One of the best-
known examples is total or partial absence of the
pectoralis major (Poland anomaly). Similarly,
the palmaris longus, serratus anterior, and quad-
ratus femoris may be partially or entirely absent
(Sadler, p 192).
84. biceps brachii
85. cephalic vein
86. radial nerve
87. brachial artery
88. median nerve
89. lateral cord
90. musculocutaneous nerve
91. medial antebrachial cutaneous nerve
92. ulnar nerve
93. lateral pectoral nerve
94. coracobrachialis
95. brachialis
96. ulna
97. long head of triceps brachii
98. lateral head of triceps brachii
Answers and Explanations: 71–98 29
0523-02 Chap 2 07/15/02 15:31 Page 29
This page intentionally left blank
31
DIRECTIONS (Questions 1 through 75): Each of the
numbered items or incomplete statements in this
section is followed by answers or by completions of
the statement. Select the ONE lettered answer or
completion that is BEST in each case.
1. The articular part of a rib tubercle articulates
with which of the following structures?
(A) body of the vertebra
(B) costal cartilage
(C) adjacent rib
(D) sternum
(E) transverse process
2. Where is the groove for the subclavian artery
located?
(A) posterior to the scalene tubercle
(B) on the clavicle
(C) on the manubrium
(D) at the sternal angle
(E) at the angle of the 1st rib
3. The retromammary space is located between
which of the following structures?
(A) skin and the areola
(B) pectoralis major and minor
(C) breast and deep pectoral fascia
(D) suspensory ligament and the skin
(E) lactiferous sinus and the nipple
4. The high death rate associated with breast can-
cer is related to which of the following?
(A) nerve supply
(B) blood supply
CHAPTER 3
The Thorax
Questions
(C) venous drainage
(D) poor imaging techniques
(E) complex lymphatic drainage
5. Which of the following statements correctly
apply to the internal thoracic artery?
(A) It runs posterior to the transversus tho-
racis muscle.
(B) It ends in the 6th intercostal space.
(C) It divides into the superior and inferior
epigastric arteries.
(D) It runs posterior to the superior six ribs.
(E) It gives rise to the posterior intercostal
arteries.
6. Which of the following statements concerning
the sternal angle is correct?
(A) It lies at the level of the intervertebral disk
between T4/T5.
(B) It is flanked by the costal cartilage of the
3rd pair of costal cartilages.
(C) It is crossed by the superior epigastric
artery.
(D) It lies in the epigastric fossa.
(E) It is located 3 mm superior to the jugular
notch.
7. The pleural cavity contains which of the fol-
lowing?
(A) lungs
(B) bronchi
(C) serous pleural fluid
(D) lymph nodes
(E) pulmonary arteries and veins
31
0523-03 Chap 3 07/15/02 15:32 Page 31
8. The parietal pleura consists of all of the follow-
ing parts EXCEPT
(A) costal
(B) pericardial
(C) mediastinal
(D) diaphragmatic
(E) cervical
9. All of the following statements correctly apply
to the right lung EXCEPT
(A) The superior and oblique fissures divide it
into three lobes.
(B) It is larger and heavier than the left lung.
(C) It is shorter and wider than the left lung.
(D) It contains a thin, tonguelike process
called the lingula.
(E) It has three surfaces.
10. All of the following statements correctly apply
to the left main bronchus EXCEPT
(A) It is wider, shorter, and runs more verti-
cally than the right main bronchus.
(B) It passes anterior to the esophagus.
(C) It passes anterior to the thoracic aorta.
(D) It contains c-shaped rings of hyaline
cartilage.
(E) It arises at the level of the sternal angle.
11. All of the following statements correctly apply
to a bronchopulmonary segment EXCEPT
(A) It is separated from adjacent segments by
connective tissue septa.
(B) It is the largest subdivision of a lobe.
(C) It is not resectable.
(D) It is named according to the segmental
bronchus supplying it.
(E) It is a pyramid-shaped segment of the
lung, with its apex facing the lung root
and its base at the pleural surface.
12. Which of the following structures is located in
the middle mediastinum?
(A) thoracic duct
(B) lungs
(C) esophagus
(D) heart
(E) azygos vein
13. All of the following statements correctly apply
to the right atrium EXCEPT
(A) It receives blood from the superior and
inferior vena cava and coronary sinus.
(B) It forms the right side of the heart.
(C) It contains the crista terminalis.
(D) It contains the limbus fossae ovalis.
(E) It contains trabeculae carneae.
14. The interventricular septum contains which of
the following structures?
(A) anterior papillary muscle
(B) fossa ovalis
(C) sinus venarum
(D) sinoatrial node
(E) conus arteriosus
15. All of the following statements correctly apply
to the right coronary artery EXCEPT
(A) Typically supplies the SA node in approx-
imately 60% of people.
(B) Typically supplies the AV node in
approximately 80% of people.
(C) Arises from the arch of the aorta.
(D) Runs in the coronary sulcus.
(E) Dominance is typical.
16. Which of the following is the basic structural
unit for gas exchange in the lung?
(A) terminal bronchioles
(B) respiratory bronchioles
(C) alveolar ducts
(D) alveoli
(E) bronchi
17. Which of the following structures carry highly
oxygenated blood from the lungs to the heart?
(A) pulmonary arteries
(B) pulmonary veins
(C) coronary arteries
(D) cardiac veins
(E) ascending aorta
32 3: The Thorax
0523-03 Chap 3 07/15/02 15:32 Page 32
18. Which of the following structures is located in
the posterior mediastinum?
(A) lungs
(B) heart
(C) azygos vein
(D) superior vena cava
(E) right coronary artery
19. All of the following statements concerning spinal
nerves are correct EXCEPT
(A) The dorsal and ventral rami are both
motor and sensory.
(B) The cutaneous branches include anterior,
lateral, and posterior branches.
(C) The dorsal root is both sensory and motor.
(D) The ventral root is pure motor.
(E) They supply a bandlike skin area known
as a dermatome.
20. Which of the following statements correctly
applies to the tricuspid valve?
(A) It guards the left atrioventricular orifice.
(B) It guards the conus arteriosus.
(C) It is also known as the mitral valve.
(D) Chordae tendineae attach to the free
edges of the cusps.
(E) The apex of each cusp attaches to the
fibrous ring around the orifice.
21. All of the following statements concerning the
pericardium are correct EXCEPT
(A) The external layer of the sac is fibrous.
(B) The internal layer is reflected onto the
heart as the visceral serous layer (epi-
cardium).
(C) The internal layer of the fibrous sac is the
partietal serous layer.
(D) The pericardial cavity is the potential
space between the parietal and visceral
serous layers.
(E) The fibrous pericardium is attached to
the sternum by the pericardiacophrenic
ligament.
22. All of the following veins drain into the coro-
nary sinus EXCEPT
(A) anterior cardiac
(B) small cardiac
(C) middle cardiac
(D) great cardiac
(E) oblique vein of the left atrium
23. All of the following statements concerning the
sinoatrial node are correct EXCEPT
(A) It is located near the superior end of the
sulcus terminalis.
(B) It is located at the junction of the superior
vena cava and the right atrium.
(C) It is known as the pacemaker of the heart.
(D) It is specialized cardiac muscle fiber.
(E) It is avascular.
24. Which of the following structures is located in
the left ventricle?
(A) fossa ovalis
(B) crista terminalis
(C) opening of the coronary sinus
(D) conus arteriosus
(E) posterior papillary muscle
25. Which of the following structures is located in
the left atrium?
(A) pectinate muscle
(B) pulmonary semilunar valves
(C) septomarginal trabeculae
(D) septal papillary muscle
(E) atrioventricular node
26. Which of the following is NOT part of the chest?
(A) 12 pairs of ribs
(B) sternum
(C) costal cartilages
(D) 12 thoracic vertebrae
(E) clavicle
Questions: 8–26 33
0523-03 Chap 3 07/15/02 15:32 Page 33
27. Which of the following is NOT likely to con-
tribute to chest pain?
(A) cardiac disease
(B) pulmonary disease
(C) thyroid disorders
(D) gallbladder disorders
(E) intestinal disorders
28. Which of the following is a special feature of a
thoracic vertebra?
(A) foramen for vertebral artery
(B) dens for rotation
(C) short spinous processes
(D) costal facets on bodies
(E) costal facets on spinous processes
29. Which of the following is a saddle-type synovial
joint?
(A) sternoclavicular joint
(B) manubriosternal joint
(C) interchondral joint
(D) intervertebral joint
(E) costochondral joint
30. The mammary glands are modified versions of
which type of gland?
(A) sebaceous gland
(B) lymph gland
(C) sweat gland
(D) tonsillar tissue
(E) endocrine gland
31. Which of the following does NOT supply the
breast with blood?
(A) lateral thoracic artery
(B) thoracoacromial artery
(C) posterior intercostals arteries
(D) internal thoracic artery
(E) costoclavicular artery
32. Which of the following are innervated by dor-
sal rami?
(A) levatores costarum
(B) external intercostals
(C) internal intercostals
(D) subcostals
(E) serratus posterior inferior
33. Which of the following do NOT elevate the
ribs?
(A) serratus posterior superior
(B) serratus posterior inferior
(C) external intercostals
(D) levatores costarum
(E) subcostals
34. With which of the following does the intercos-
tobrachial nerve communicate?
(A) medial brachial cutaneous nerve
(B) thoracodorsal nerve
(C) long thoracic nerve
(D) first intercostal nerve
(E) sympathetic trunk
35. The musculophrenic arteries give rise to which
of the following?
(A) anterior intercostal arteries for intercostal
spaces 7–9
(B) posterior intercostals arteries for inter-
costal spaces 3–11
(C) subcostal artery
(D) inferior phrenic artery
(E) lumbar arteries
36. Anterior and posterior intercostals arteries pass
between which two layers?
(A) skin and external intercostal muscles
(B) external and internal intercostal muscles
(C) internal and innermost intercostals
muscles
(D) innermost intercostal muscles and trans-
versalis fascia
(E) transversalis fascia and peritoneum
37. Of the bronchopulmonary segments in the supe-
rior lobe of the left lung, which two are com-
bined to form the lingula?
(A) apical and posterior
(B) posterior and anterior
34 3: The Thorax
0523-03 Chap 3 07/15/02 15:32 Page 34
(C) anterior and superior
(D) superior and inferior
(E) apical and inferior
38. Which of the following areas do NOT receive
visceral afferent fibers?
(A) bronchial mucosa
(B) bronchial muscles
(C) interalveolar connective tissue
(D) pulmonary arteries and veins
(E) diaphragm
39. Sympathetic nerves do NOT contribute to which
of the following?
(A) diaphragm
(B) bronchial muscle
(C) pulmonary vessels
(D) alveolar glands of the bronchial tree
(E) sweat glands of the chest
40. Which of the following is correct?
(A) While a person is supine, the arch of the
aorta lies superior to the transverse tho-
racic plane.
(B) While a person is supine, the bifurcation
of the trachea lies at the level of the
xiphisternal junction and T9.
(C) While a person is supine, the central ten-
don of the diaphragm is transected by the
transverse thoracic plane.
(D) While a person is standing, the arch of the
aorta lies inferior to the transverse tho-
racic plane.
(E) While a person is standing, the tracheal
bifurcation is transected by the transverse
thoracic plane.
41. The pericardium does NOT receive blood sup-
ply from which of the following?
(A) pericardiacophrenic artery
(B) musculophrenic artery
(C) bronchial arteries
(D) esophageal arteries
(E) pectoral arteries
42. Which of the following is NOT a branch of the
right coronary artery?
(A) SA nodal
(B) right marginal
(C) posterior interventricular
(D) AV nodal
(E) circumflex
43. Which of the following is NOT contained in the
superior mediastinum?
(A) thymus
(B) great vessels and their branches
(C) azygos and hemiazygos veins
(D) trachea
(E) esophagus
44. The thymus is supplied by which of the fol-
lowing?
(A) anterior intercostal branches of the inter-
nal thoracic artery
(B) brachiocephalic artery
(C) posterior intercostal arteries
(D) left common carotid artery
(E) pericardiacophrenic arteries
45. Which of the following is NOT a branch of the
aorta in the thorax?
(A) posterior intercostal arteries
(B) inferior phrenic artery
(C) bronchial arteries
(D) esophageal arteries
(E) superior phrenic arteries
46. The posterior mediastinum does NOT include
which of the following?
(A) prevertebral muscles
(B) thoracic aorta
(C) thoracic duct
(D) thoracic sympathetic trunks
(E) thoracic splanchnic nerves
Questions: 27–46 35
0523-03 Chap 3 07/15/02 15:32 Page 35
47. Which of the following may compress the
esophagus?
(A) aortic arch
(B) right main bronchus
(C) left vagus
(D) right brachiocephalic vein
(E) brachiocephalic trunk
48. The azygos vein receives blood from which of
the following?
(A) posterior intercostal veins
(B) anterior intercostal veins
(C) left internal jugular vein
(D) anterior jugular vein
(E) lateral thoracic vein
49. The hemiazygos vein does NOT receive blood
from which of the following?
(A) left subcostal vein
(B) ascending lumbar veins
(C) inferior three posterior intercostal veins
(D) superior phrenic veins
(E) small mediastinal veins
50. The accessory hemiazygos vein parallels the
vertebral column along which vertebral levels?
(A) T1–4
(B) T2–6
(C) T5–8
(D) T8–12
(E) L1–4
51. Which of the following is NOT contained in the
anterior mediastinum?
(A) fat
(B) sternopericardial ligaments
(C) branches of internal thoracic vessels
(D) lymphatic vessels
(E) heart
52. Which of the following is NOT part of the sym-
pathetic trunks?
(A) prevertebral ganglia
(B) paravertebral ganglia
(C) ganglion impar
(D) superior cervical ganglia
(E) inferior cervical ganglia
53. Which of the following does NOT contain syn-
apses for the sympathetic nervous system?
(A) prevertebral ganglia
(B) collateral ganglia
(C) aortic plexus
(D) celiac ganglia
(E) cardiac plexus
54. Which of the following does NOT occur in the
sympathetic trunk?
(A) Presynaptic neurons synapse with post-
synaptic neurons immediately.
(B) Fibers ascend and synapse.
(C) Fibers descend and synapse.
(D) Presynaptic fibers innervate immediately
surrounding blood vessels.
(E) Fibers pass, without synapsing, into a
splanchnic nerve.
55. Parasympathetic fibers stimulate secretion by
all glands except which of the following?
(A) sweat glands
(B) lacrimal glands
(C) salivary glands
(D) nasal glands
(E) palatine glands
56. Vasoconstriction is sympathetically stimulated
with the exception of which arteries?
(A) bronchial arteries
(B) coronary arteries
(C) esophageal arteries
(D) adrenal arteries
(E) renal arteries
57. Which of the following is a result of sympathetic
stimulation in the heart?
(A) decrease in the rate and strength of con-
traction
36 3: The Thorax
0523-03 Chap 3 07/15/02 15:32 Page 36
(B) inhibition of the effect of parasympathetic
system on coronary arteries, allowing
them to dilate
(C) production of atrial natriuretic factor
(D) opening and closing of mitral valve
(E) glandular secretion
58. Which of the following is NOT a result of sym-
pathetic stimulation in the lungs?
(A) inhibition of parasympathetic system
(B) bronchodilation
(C) reduced secretion
(D) maximum air exchange
(E) surfactant production
59. Sympathetic fibers of the heart are accompanied
by visceral afferent fibers that convey which type
of sensation?
(A) reflex
(B) pain
(C) rate information
(D) contraction feedback
(E) pressure sensation
60. The pulmonary plexus contains which of the
following?
(A) cell bodies of visceral afferent fibers
(B) cell bodies of postsynaptic sympathetic
fibers
(C) cell bodies of postsynaptic parasympa-
thetic fibers
(D) somatic efferent fibers passing on to
diaphragm
(E) somatic afferent fibers from diaphragm
61. Visceral afferent fibers of the tenth cranial nerve
are NOT distributed to which of the following?
(A) bronchial mucosa
(B) bronchial muscles
(C) interalveolar connective tissue
(D) pulmonary arteries and veins
(E) diaphragm
62. The greater, lesser, and least splanchnic nerves
are examples of what type of splanchnic nerves?
(A) cervical splanchnic nerves
(B) upper thoracic splanchnic nerves
(C) lower thoracic splanchnic nerves
(D) lumbar splanchnic nerves
(E) pelvic splanchnic nerves
63. The greater splanchnic nerve originates from
which vertebral levels?
(A) T1–4
(B) T5–9
(C) T10–11
(D) T12
(E) L1–4
64. The fibers of the greater splanchnic nerve syn-
apse in which ganglion?
(A) celiac ganglion
(B) inferior mesenteric ganglion
(C) paravertebral ganglia
(D) pulmonary plexus
(E) adrenal cortex
65. The level of the domes of the diaphragm varies
according to various situations. Which of the fol-
lowing does NOT affect the level of the domes of
the diaphragm?
(A) phase of respiration
(B) posture
(C) size of distention of abdominal viscera
(D) degree of distention of abdominal viscera
(E) heart contractions
66. Which of the following passes through the
caval opening of the diaphragm?
(A) terminal branches of the right phrenic
nerve
(B) thoracic duct
(C) greater thoracic splanchnic nerve
(D) sympathetic trunk
(E) vagus
Questions: 47–66 37
0523-03 Chap 3 07/15/02 15:32 Page 37
67. Which of the following does NOT pass through
the esophageal hiatus of the diaphragm?
(A) esophagus
(B) branches of the left gastric vessels
(C) lymphatic vessels
(D) vagal trunks
(E) lesser thoracic splanchnic nerve
68. Which of the following passes through the aortic
hiatus of the diaphragm?
(A) least thoracic splanchnic nerve
(B) thoracic duct
(C) branches of right gastric vessels
(D) sympathetic trunks
(E) terminal branches of the left phrenic nerve
69. Ribs are formed from which of the following?
(A) sclerotome portion of paraxial mesoderm
(B) lateral plate mesoderm
(C) ectodermal invagination
(D) endodermal migration
(E) neural crest cell transitory development
70. The pleuropericardial membranes develop into
what structures of the adult?
(A) fibrous pericardium
(B) diaphragm
(C) parietal pleura
(D) visceral pleura
(E) the membranes degenerate completely
71. The diaphragm is NOT derived from which of
the following?
(A) septum transversum
(B) pleuroperitoneal membranes
(C) muscular components from lateral and
dorsal body walls
(D) mesentery of esophagus
(E) anterior thoracic fascia
72. The entire cardiovascular system is derived from
which of the following?
(A) neural crest cells
(B) endoderm
(C) mesoderm
(D) ectoderm
(E) notochord invagination
73. Which of the following is NOT derived from
the original aortic arch system?
(A) carotid arteries
(B) arch of the aorta
(C) pulmonary artery
(D) right subclavian artery
(E) coronary arteries
74. The respiratory system is an outgrowth of what?
(A) middle mediastinum
(B) ventral wall of foregut
(C) anterior abdominal wall
(D) aortic arches
(E) pharyngeal arches
75. Which of the following correctly describes the
development of the lungs, in order?
(A) pseudoglandular period, canalicular
period, terminal sac period, alveolar
period
(B) canalicular period, pseudoglandular
period, terminal sac period, alveolar
period
(C) alveolar period, pseudoglandular period,
canalicular period, terminal sac period
(D) pseudoglandular period, terminal sac
period, alveolar period, canalicular period
(E) terminal sac period, alveolar period,
pseudoglandular period, canalicular
period
38 3: The Thorax
0523-03 Chap 3 07/15/02 15:32 Page 38
DIRECTIONS (Questions 76 through 85): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
DIRECTIONS (Questions 86 through 90): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
0523-03 Chap 3 07/15/02 15:32 Page 39
DIRECTIONS (Questions 91 through 95): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
40 3: The Thorax
0523-03 Chap 3 07/15/02 15:32 Page 40
Answers and Explanations
1. (E) The tubercle has a smooth articular part for
articulating with the corresponding transverse
process of the vertebra and a rough nonarticu-
lar part for attachment of the costotransverse
ligament (Moore, p 63).
2. (A) The surface of the 1st rib has two trans-
versely directed shallow grooves, anterior and
posterior to the scalene tubercle, for the subcla-
vian vein and the subclavian artery respectively
(Moore, pp 63–64).
3. (C) Between the breast and deep pectoral fas-
cia is a loose connective tissue plane or poten-
tial space known as the retromammary space
(Moore, p 73).
4. (E) Because the axillary lymph nodes are the
most common site of metastases from a breast
cancer, enlargement of the palpable nodes in a
woman suggests the possibility of breast cancer
and may be key to early detection. However, the
absence of enlarged axillary nodes is no guaran-
tee that metastasis from a breast cancer has not
occurred, because the malignant cells may have
passed to other nodes, such as the infraclavicu-
lar and supraclavicular lymph nodes (Moore,
p 78).
5. (B) After descending past the 2nd costal carti-
lage, the internal thoracic artery runs anterior to
the transversus thoracis muscle. It ends in the
6th intercostal space, where it divides into the
superior epigastric and musculophrenic arteries
(Moore, p 91).
6. (A) The sternal angle is located opposite the
2nd pair of costal cartilages at the level of the 4th
intervertebral disc between T4 and T5 vertebrae
(Moore, p 66).
7. (C) The pleural cavity, the potential space be-
tween the layers of pleura, contains a capillary
layer of serous pleural fluid. It provides the lubri-
cation and cohesion that keep the lung surface in
contact with the thoracic wall (Moore, p 95).
8. (B) The parietal pleura includes costal, mediasti-
nal, diaphragmatic, and cervical parts (Moore,
pp 95–96).
9. (D) The right lung has three lobes, the left two.
The right lung is larger and heavier than the left,
but it is shorter and wider, because the right
dome of the diaphragm is higher and the heart
and pericardium bulge more to the left. The ante-
rior margin of the right lung is relatively straight,
whereas the margin of the left lung has a deep
cardiac notch. The cardiac notch primarily in-
dents the anteroinferior aspect of the superior
lobe of the left lung. This often creates a thin,
tongue-like process of the superior lobe, called
the lingula (Moore, p 101).
10. (A) The right main bronchus is wider and
shorter, running more vertically than the left
main bronchus as it passes directly to the hilum
of the lung. The left main bronchus passes infer-
olaterally, inferior to the arch of the aorta and
anterior to the esophagus and thoracic aorta, to
reach the hilum of the lung (Moore, p 104).
11. (C) A bronchopulmonary segment is a pyramid-
shaped segment of the lung with its apex facing
the lung root and its base at the pleural surface.
It is the largest subdivision of a lobe and is sepa-
41
0523-03 Chap 3 07/15/02 15:32 Page 41
rated from adjacent segments by connective tis-
sue. It is surgically resectable (Moore, p 104).
12. (D) The middle mediastinum contains the heart
(Moore, p 114).
13. (E) The right border of the heart is formed by
the right atrium; it receives venous blood from
the SVC, IVC, and coronary sinus. It contains
both the crista terminalis and the limbus fossae
ovalis. The interior of the ventricles contains
irregular muscular elevations called trabeculae
carneae (Moore, pp 125–127).
14. (E) The interventricular septum is composed
of membranous and muscular parts. The conus
arteriosus leads into the pulmonary trunk. A
thick muscular ridge, the supraventricular crest,
separates the ridged muscular wall of the inflow
part of the right ventricle from the smooth wall
of the conus arteriosus or outflow part (Moore,
p 127).
15. (C) Typically, the right coronary artery supplies
the right atrium, most of the right ventricle, part
of the left ventricle, part of the AV septum, and
the SA node in approximately 60% of people and
the AV node in approximately 80% of people
(Moore, p 135).
16. (D) The alveolus is the basic unit of gas exchange
in the lung (Moore, p 104).
17. (B) The pulmonary veins, two on each side,
carry well-oxygenated (“arterial”) blood from
the lungs to the left atrium of the heart (Moore,
p 107).
18. (C) The posterior mediastinum contains the tho-
racic aorta, thoracic duct, azygos and hemiazy-
gos veins, esophagus, and thoracic sympathetic
trunks (Moore, pp 150–151).
19. (C) The dorsal and ventral rami are both motor
and sensory. The cutaneous branches include
anterior, lateral, and posterior branches. The dor-
sal root is sensory and the ventral root is motor.
The spinal nerves supply a band-like skin area
known as a dermatome (Moore, p 85).
20. (D) The tricuspid valve guards the right AV
orifice. The bases of the valve cusps are attached
to the fibrous ring around the orifice. Chordae
tendineae attach to the free edges and ventricu-
lar surfaces of the anterior, posterior, and septal
cusps (Moore, p 127).
21. (E) The fibrous pericardium is attached to the
posterior surface of the sternum by the sterno-
pericardial ligaments (Moore, p 116).
22. (A) The coronary sinus receives the great and
small cardiac veins, middle cardiac vein, left pos-
terior ventricular vein, and left marginal vein.
The anterior cardiac veins begin over the ante-
rior surface of the right ventricle and cross over
the coronary groove to end directly in the right
atrium (Moore, pp 136–137).
23. (E) The SA node is located anterolaterally just
deep to the epicardium at the junction of the SVC
and right atrium, near the superior end of the
sulcus terminalis. The SA node, a small collec-
tion of nodal tissue and specialized cardiac mus-
cle fibers, is the pacemaker of the heart. The SA
node is supplied by a branch of the right coro-
nary artery in about 60% of individuals (Moore,
p 137).
24. (E) The interior of the left ventricle includes
anterior and posterior papillary muscles (Moore,
p 131).
25. (A) The interior of the left atrium has a large-
walled part and a smaller muscular auricle con-
taining pectinate muscles (Moore, p 129).
26. (E) The chest consists of 12 pairs of ribs, the ster-
num, costal cartilages, and 12 thoracic vertebrae
(Moore, p 60).
27. (C) Chest pain may result from cardiac disease,
pulmonary disease, intestinal problems, gall-
bladder disorders, and musculoskeletal dis-
orders (Moore, p 61).
28. (D) Thoracic vertebrae have costal facets or
demifacets on their bodies, costal facets on the
transverse processes (for the first 9 or 10 thoracic
vertebrae), and long spinous processes (Moore,
p 65).
42 3: The Thorax
0523-03 Chap 3 07/15/02 15:32 Page 42
29. (A) The sternoclavicular joint is a saddle-type
synovial joint (Moore, p 69).
30. (C) The mammary glands are modified sweat
glands (Moore, p 74).
31. (E) The breast is supplied by the internal tho-
racic, lateral thoracic, thoracoacromial, and pos-
terior intercostal arteries (Moore, p 75).
32. (A) The levatores costarum are innervated by
the dorsal primary rami of C8–T11. (Moore, p 84).
33. (B) The serratus posterior inferior depresses the
ribs (Moore, p 84).
34. (A) The intercostobrachial nerve communicates
with the medial brachial cutaneous nerve (Moore,
p 87).
35. (A) The musculophrenic artery gives rise to
anterior intercostal arteries for intercostal spaces
7–9 (Moore, p 88).
36. (C) Anterior and posterior intercostal arteries
pass between the internal and innermost inter-
costal muscles (Moore, p 88).
37. (D) The superior and inferior bronchopulmo-
nary segments of the superior lobe of the left lung
combine to form the lingula (Moore, p 106).
38. (E) Visceral afferent fibers are distributed to
bronchial mucosa, bronchial muscles, interalve-
olar connective tissue, and pulmonary arteries
and veins (Moore, p 111).
39. (A) The diaphragm receives somatic efferent
and afferent innervation—not sympathetic in-
nervation (Moore, p 113).
40. (A) While a person is supine, the arch of the
aorta lies superior to the transverse thoracic
plane (Moore, p 115).
41. (E) The pericardium receives blood supply from
the pericardiacophrenic artery, musculophrenic
artery, bronchial arteries, esophageal arteries,
superior phrenic arteries, and coronary arteries
(Moore, p 120).
42. (E) The branches of the right coronary artery
include the SA nodal, right marginal, posterior
interventricular, and AV nodal arteries (Moore,
p 134).
43. (C) The superior mediastinum contains the thy-
mus, great vessels and their branches, vagus
nerves, phrenic nerves, cardiac plexus, left recur-
rent laryngeal nerve, trachea, esophagus, thora-
cic duct, and prevertebral muscles (Moore, p 142).
44. (A) The thymus is supplied by the anterior
intercostal and anterior mediastinal branches of
the internal thoracic artery (Moore, p 142).
45. (B) Branches of the aorta in the thorax include
the posterior intercostal, bronchial, esophageal,
and superior phrenic arteries (Moore, p 145).
46. (A) The posterior mediastinum includes the
thoracic aorta, thoracic duct, posterior mediasti-
nal lymph nodes, azygos and hemiazygos veins,
esophagus, esophageal plexus, thoracic sympa-
thetic trunks, and thoracic splanchnic nerves
(Moore, pp 150–151).
47. (A) The esophagus is compressed by the aortic
arch, left main bronchus, and diaphragm (Moore,
p 152).
48. (A) The azygos vein receives blood from the
posterior intercostal veins, vertebral venous
plexuses, mediastinal veins, esophageal veins,
and bronchial veins (Moore, p 155).
49. (D) The hemiazygos vein receives blood from
the left subcostal vein, ascending lumbar veins,
the inferior three posterior intercostal veins, infe-
rior esophageal veins, and small mediastinal
veins (Moore, p 155).
50. (C) The accessory hemiazygos descends on the
left side of the vertebral column from T5 through
T8 (Moore, p 155).
51. (E) The anterior mediastinum contains fat, ster-
nopericardial ligaments, branches of internal
thoracic vessels, and lymphatic vessels (Moore,
p 156).
Answers and Explanations: 12–51 43
0523-03 Chap 3 07/15/02 15:32 Page 43
52. (A) The sympathetic trunk contains the supe-
rior, middle, and inferior cervical ganglia; par-
avertebral ganglia; and the ganglion impar
(Moore, p 46).
53. (E) The cardiac plexus does not contain syn-
apses for sympathetic fibers, as these fibers
have already synapsed in the sympathetic
trunk (Moore, p 150).
54. (D) In the synaptic trunk, presynaptic neurons
synapse with postsynaptic neurons immedi-
ately. Some fibers ascend and synapse, while
other fibers descend and synapse. Some fibers
pass into a splanchnic nerve without synapsing
(Moore, p 46).
55. (A) With the exception of sweat glands, glan-
dular secretion is parasympathetically stimu-
lated (Moore, p 51).
56. (B) With the exception of coronary arteries,
vasoconstriction is sympathetically stimulated
(Moore, p 51).
57. (B) Sympathetic stimulation of the heart in-
creases the rate and strength of contraction and
inhibits the effect of the parasympathetic sys-
tem on coronary arteries, allowing them to
dilate (Moore, p 51).
58. (E) Sympathetic stimulation of the lungs results
in inhibition of the parasympathetic system,
bronchodilation, reduced secretion, and maxi-
mum air exchange (Moore, p 51).
59. (B) Sympathetic fibers of the heart are accom-
panied by visceral afferent fibers, which convey
pain information (Moore, p 52).
60. (C) The pulmonary plexus contains cell bodies
of postsynaptic parasympathetic fibers (Moore,
p 110).
61. (E) Visceral afferent fibers of the tenth cranial
nerve are distributed to bronchial mucosa (for
cough reflex), bronchial muscles (for stretch
reception), interalveolar connective tissue (for
Hering-Breuer reflexes, limiting respiratory ex-
cursions), and pulmonary arteries (as pressure
receptors) and veins (as chemoreceptors) (Moore,
p 111).
62. (C) The greater, lesser, and least splanchnic
nerves are lower thoracic splanchnic nerves
(Moore, p 301).
63. (B) The greater thoracic splanchnic nerve orig-
inates from vertebral levels T5–9 (Moore, p 301).
64. (A) The fibers of the greater splanchnic nerve
synapse in the celiac ganglion (Moore, p 302).
65. (E) The level of the domes of the diaphragm
varies according to phase of respiration, posture,
and size and degree of distention of abdominal
viscera (Moore, p 289).
66. (A) The inferior vena cava, terminal branches
of the right phrenic nerve, and lymphatics pass
through the caval opening of the diaphragm
(Moore, p 294).
67. (E) The esophagus, anterior and posterior vagal
trunks, esophageal branches of the left gastric
vessels, and lymphatic vessels pass through the
esophageal hiatus (Moore, p 294).
68. (B) The aorta, thoracic duct, and azygos vein
(sometimes) pass through the aortic hiatus
(Moore, p 295).
69. (A) Ribs form from costal processes of thoracic
vertebrae and thus are derived from the sclero-
tome of paraxial medoderm (Sadler, p 184).
70. (A) The pleuropericardial membranes develop
into the fibrous pericardium (Sadler, p 201).
71. (E) The diaphragm is derived from the septum
transversum and pleuroperitoneal membranes.
Muscular components stem from lateral and
dorsal body walls and mesentery of the esoph-
agus (Sadler, p 206).
72. (C) The entire cardiovascular system is derived
from mesoderm. (Sadler, p 256)
73. (E) The carotid arteries, arch of the aorta, pul-
monary artery, and right subclavian artery are
44 3: The Thorax
0523-03 Chap 3 07/15/02 15:32 Page 44
derived from the original aortic arch system
(Sadler, p 257).
74. (B) The respiratory system is an outgrowth of
the ventral wall of the foregut (Sadler, p 268)
75. (A) The lungs develop in the following periods:
pseudoglandular period, canalicular period, ter-
minal sac period, and alveolar period (Sadler,
p 266).
76. inferior thyroid vein
77. right brachiocephalic vein
78. phrenic nerve and pericardiacophrenic vessels
79. right pulmonary artery
80. left auricle
81. lingula
82. left pulmonary vein
83. ligamentum arteriosum
84. left vagus nerve
85. left internal jugular vein
86. pulmonary arteries
87. aorta
88. superior vena cava
89. left inferior pulmonary vein
90. inferior vena cava
91. manubrium of sternum
92. oblique fissure
93. costal cartilage
94. xiphoid process
95. copula
Answers and Explanations: 52–95 45
0523-03 Chap 3 07/15/02 15:32 Page 45
This page intentionally left blank
47
DIRECTIONS (Questions 1 through 100): Each of the
numbered items or incomplete statements in this
section is followed by answers or by completions
of the statement. Select the ONE lettered answer or
completion that is BEST in each case.
1. For general clinical descriptions, which of the
following planes is used as one of the planes to
define four quadrants of the abdominal cavity?
(A) subcostal
(B) transtubercular
(C) midclavicular
(D) transumbilical
(E) midaxillary
2. The midclavicular planes pass through the mid-
point of the clavicles to the midpoint of which
of the following structures?
(A) anterior superior iliac spine
(B) symphysis pubis
(C) umbilicus
(D) inguinal ligament
(E) xiphoid process
3. The fascial layer that covers the deep surface
of the transverse abdominal muscle is known
as which of the following?
(A) parietal peritoneum
(B) deep fascia
(C) transversalis fascia
(D) Scarpa’s fascia
(E) Camper’s fascia
CHAPTER 4
The Abdomen
Questions
4. Where is extraperitoneal fat located?
(A) between the abdominal oblique muscles
(B) deep to the parietal peritoneum
(C) superficial to Camper’s fascia
(D) superficial to the deep fascia
(E) deep to the transversalis fascia
5. The superficial muscle fibers of the external
abdominal oblique arising from the middle to
lower ribs interdigitate with which of the fol-
lowing muscles?
(A) internal abdominal oblique
(B) serratus anterior
(C) rectus abdominis
(D) pyramidalis
(E) transversus abdominis
6. The anterolateral abdominal wall is bounded
by all of the following structures EXCEPT
(A) cartilages of the 7th through 10th ribs
(B) linea alba
(C) xiphoid process
(D) inguinal ligament
(E) pelvic bone
7. The aponeuroses of all three flat muscles of the
anterolateral abdominal wall interlace in which
of the following structures?
(A) inguinal ligament
(B) transversalis fascia
(C) linea alba
(D) anterior superior iliac spine
(E) rectus abdominis
47
0523-04 Chap 4 07/15/02 15:32 Page 47
8. All of the following structures are located
within the rectus sheath EXCEPT
(A) pyramidalis
(B) rectus abdominis
(C) inferior epigastric arteries and veins
(D) deep inguinal ring
(E) ventral primary rami of T7–T12 nerves
9. Inferiorly, the inferior margin of the external
oblique aponeurosis thickens and folds back on
itself to form which of the following structures?
(A) rectus sheath
(B) inguinal ligament
(C) arcuate line
(D) deep inguinal ring
(E) fundiform ligament
10. The reflected inguinal ligament receives fibers
from the contralateral aponeurosis of which of
the following structures?
(A) external abdominal oblique
(B) internal abdominal oblique
(C) transverse abdominal oblique
(D) rectus abdominis
(E) pyramidalis
11. Between the internal oblique and transverse
abdominal muscles is a neurovascular plane
that contains all of the following EXCEPT
(A) iliohypogastric nerve
(B) deep circumflex iliac artery
(C) inferior epigastric artery
(D) subcostal nerve
(E) ilioinguinal nerve
12. The rectus abdominis muscle is anchored trans-
versely by attachment to the anterior layer of
the rectus sheath by which of the following
structures?
(A) pubic tubercle
(B) xiphoid process
(C) linea alba
(D) tendinous intersections
(E) umbilicus
13. Which of the following structures defines the
point at which the posterior lamina of the inter-
nal oblique and the aponeurosis of the trans-
verse abdominal become part of the anterior
rectus sheath?
(A) arcuate line
(B) inguinal ligament
(C) tendinous intersections
(D) deep inguinal ring
(E) medial crus
14. The two medial umbilical folds represent rem-
nants of which of the following structures?
(A) urachus
(B) umbilical arteries
(C) umbilical veins
(D) ductus venosus
(E) ductus arteriosus
15. Which of the following fossae are potential sites
for direct inguinal hernias?
(A) supravesical
(B) medial inguinal
(C) lateral inguinal
(D) ischiorectal
(E) iliac
16. The inguinal canal contains which of the fol-
lowing nerves?
(A) iliohypogastric
(B) ilioinguinal
(C) genital branch of the genitofemoral
(D) obturator
(E) lateral femoral cutaneous
17. Which of the following structures give rise to
the deep inguinal ring?
(A) gubernaculum
(B) conjoined tendon
(C) lacunar ligament
(D) external abdominal oblique aponeurosis
(E) transversalis fascia
48 4: The Abdomen
0523-04 Chap 4 07/15/02 15:32 Page 48
18. The lacunar ligament is a reflection or exten-
sion from the deep aspect of which of the fol-
lowing structures?
(A) falciform ligament
(B) round ligament
(C) rectus sheath
(D) inguinal ligament
(E) transversalis fascia
19. The iliopubic tract is the thickened inferior
margin of which of the following structures?
(A) inguinal ligament
(B) transversalis fascia
(C) conjoined tendon
(D) falciform ligament
(E) round ligament
20. The testes develop in which of the following
areas?
(A) scrotum
(B) abdominal cavity
(C) extraperitoneal
(D) rectus sheath
(E) superficial fascia
21. The gubernaculum is represented postnatally
by which of the following structures?
(A) tunica vaginalis testes
(B) processus vaginalis
(C) ductus deferens
(D) scrotal ligament
(E) internal spermatic fascia
22. The cremaster muscle and fascia are derived
from which of the following structures?
(A) external abdominal oblique muscle
(B) transverse abdominal muscle and fascia
(C) internal abdominal muscle
(D) transversalis fascia
(E) external abdominal aponeurosis
23. The cremaster muscle is innervated by which
of the following nerves?
(A) genital branch of the genitofemoral
(B) ilioinguinal
(C) T12
(D) femoral
(E) obturator
24. The artery of the ductus deferens arises from
which of the following structures?
(A) aorta
(B) inferior epigastric
(C) inferior vesical
(D) pudendal
(E) common iliac
25. All of the following nerves contribute branches
to the scrotum EXCEPT
(A) lateral femoral cutaneous
(B) pudendal
(C) ilioinguinal
(D) genitofemoral
(E) posterior femoral cutaneous
26. The epididymis is located on the posterior as-
pect of which of the following structures?
(A) urinary bladder
(B) prostate
(C) testis
(D) ovary
(E) uterine tube
27. The testes are covered by a tough fibrous coat
known as the
(A) cremaster fascia
(B) tunica albuginea
(C) gubernaculum
(D) tunica dartos
(E) Scarpa’s fascia
28. Which of the following structures represents
the closed-off distal part of the embryonic pro-
cessus vaginalis?
(A) gubernaculum
(B) tunica albuginea
(C) epididymis
(D) tunica vaginalis
(E) urogenital diaphragm
Questions: 8–28 49
0523-04 Chap 4 07/15/02 15:32 Page 49
29. The pampiniform plexus provides which of
the following testicular functions?
(A) lymphatic drainage
(B) blood supply
(C) nerve supply
(D) thermoregulatory system
(E) hormonal production
30. The parasympathetic innervation of the testis
includes which of the following nerves?
(A) pelvic splanchnic
(B) vagus
(C) iliohypogastric
(D) ilioinguinal
(E) pudendal
31. The peritoneal cavity contains which of the
following?
(A) liver
(B) pancreas
(C) large intestine
(D) kidney
(E) peritoneal fluid
32. Which of the following structures connects the
lesser curvature of the stomach and the proxi-
mal part of the duodenum to the liver?
(A) lesser omentum
(B) peritoneal ligament
(C) mesentery
(D) lesser omentum
(E) peritoneal fold
33. Which of the following structures is often
referred to as the “abdominal policeman”?
(A) hepatoduodenal ligament
(B) gastrohepatic ligament
(C) greater omentum
(D) gastrocolic ligament
(E) falciform ligament
34. Which of the following ligaments conducts
the portal triad (portal vein, hepatic artery,
and bile duct)?
(A) greater omentum
(B) falciform ligament
(C) gastrohepatic ligament
(D) hepatoduodenal ligament
(E) gastrocolic ligament
35. Which of the following structures forms the
superior boundary of the omental foramen?
(A) inferior vena cava
(B) duodenum
(C) caudate lobe of the liver
(D) head of the pancreas
(E) hepatoduodenal ligament
36. Which of the following structures contains both
smooth and skeletal muscles?
(A) stomach
(B) jejunum
(C) cecum
(D) esophagus
(E) rectum
37. Which of the following arteries provides the
abdominal parts of the esophagus with its arte-
rial supply?
(A) cystic
(B) gastroduodenal
(C) left gastric
(D) hepatic
(E) left gastroepiploic
38. Rugae are located in which of the following
structures?
(A) duodenum
(B) stomach
(C) cecum
(D) ileum
(E) transverse colon
39. The left gastro-omental artery arises from which
of the following arteries?
(A) splenic
(B) hepatic
(C) gastroduodenal
50 4: The Abdomen
0523-04 Chap 4 07/15/02 15:32 Page 50
(D) left gastric
(E) right gastric
40. The sympathetic nerve supply of the stomach
arises from which of the following cord seg-
ments?
(A) T1–T5
(B) T6–T9
(C) T6–T12
(D) L1–L3
(E) T10–L2
41. The first part of the duodenum is located at
which of the following vertebral levels?
(A) T10
(B) L2
(C) L1
(D) L5
(E) L3
42. The bile and pancreatic ducts enter which of
the following structures?
(A) stomach
(B) 2nd portion of the duodenum
(C) cecum
(D) ileum
(E) liver
43. Which of the following structures crosses over
the inferior or horizontal (third) portion of the
duodenum?
(A) pancreas
(B) hepatic artery
(C) portal vein
(D) superior mesenteric artery
44. The duodenojejunal junction is supported by
the attachment of which of the following
structures?
(A) suspensory muscle of the duodenum
(ligament of Treitz)
(B) falciform ligament
(C) hepatoduodenal ligament
(D) greater omentum
(E) transverse mesocolon
45. The superior anterior and posterior pancreati-
coduodenal arteries arise from which of the fol-
lowing arteries?
(A) right colic
(B) ileocolic
(C) gastroduodenal
(D) hepatic
(E) splenic
46. The root of the mesentery crosses all of the fol-
lowing structures EXCEPT
(A) ascending and horizontal parts of the
duodenum
(B) abdominal aorta
(C) inferior vena cava
(D) right ureter
(E) splenic artery
47. The superior mesenteric and splenic veins
unite to form the portal vein posterior to which
of the following structures?
(A) right kidney
(B) neck of the pancreas
(C) pylorus of stomach
(D) 2nd portion of the duodenum
(E) spleen
48. The sympathetic fibers in the nerves to the
jejunum and ileum originate in which of the
following spinal cord segments?
(A) C5–T1
(B) T1–T5
(C) T5–T9
(D) T9–T12
(E) L1–L2
49. Circular folds (plicae circulares) are character-
istic of which of the following structures?
(A) transverse colon
(B) stomach
(C) jejunum
(D) cecum
(E) sigmoid colon
Questions: 29–49 51
0523-04 Chap 4 07/15/02 15:32 Page 51
50. Omental appendices are located on which of
the following structures?
(A) stomach
(B) duodenum
(C) ileum
(D) ascending colon
(E) liver
51. The are no teniae coli in which of the follow-
ing structures?
(A) ascending colon
(B) transverse colon
(C) descending colon
(D) sigmoid colon
(E) appendix
52. The appendicular artery is a branch of which
of the following arteries?
(A) inferior mesenteric
(B) inferior epigastric
(C) ileocolic
(D) testicular
(E) renal
53. Which of the following structures can be
located deep to a point that is one-third of the
way along the oblique line, joining the right
anterior superior iliac spine to the umbilicus?
(A) gallbladder
(B) spleen
(C) right kidney
(D) appendix
(E) urinary bladder
54. Which of the following structures receives
parasympathetic innervation from the pelvic
splanchnic nerves?
(A) appendix
(B) sigmoid colon
(C) ileum
(D) ascending colon
(E) duodenum
55. The rectum is continuous with the sigmoid
colon at the level of which of the following ver-
tebrae?
(A) L3
(B) L5
(C) S3
(D) S5
(E) coccygeal 1
56. All of the following statements concerning the
spleen are correct EXCEPT
(A) largest of the lymphatic organs
(B) associated posteriorly with the left 9th
through 11th ribs
(C) located retroperitoneally
(D) normally, does not descend inferior to
the costal region
(E) varies considerably in size, weight, and
shape
57. The splenic artery usually follows a tortuous
course along which of the following structures?
(A) left kidney
(B) greater curvature of the stomach
(C) pancreas
(D) transverse colon
(E) cecum
58. The head of the pancreas is embraced by which
of the following structures?
(A) stomach
(B) spleen
(C) cecum
(D) C-shaped curve of the duodenum
(E) transverse mesocolon
59. The head of the pancreas rests posteriorly on
which of the following structures?
(A) left renal vein
(B) superior vena cava
(C) splenic artery
(D) duodenum
(E) superior mesenteric artery
60. The main pancreatic duct and the bile duct unite
to form which of the following structures?
(A) common bile duct
(B) hepatic duct
52 4: The Abdomen
0523-04 Chap 4 07/15/02 15:32 Page 52
(C) accessory pancreatic duct
(D) cystic duct
(E) hepatopancreatic ampulla
61. The round ligament of the liver is the fibrous
remnant of which of the following structures?
(A) umbilical vein
(B) ductus venosus
(C) ductus arteriosus
(D) umbilical artery
(E) urachus
62. The porta hepatis gives passage to all of the
following structures EXCEPT
(A) portal vein
(B) hepatic artery
(C) hepatic ducts
(D) lymphatic vessels
(E) cystic artery
63. Which of the following ligaments encloses the
portal triad?
(A) hepatoduodenal
(B) hepatogastric
(C) gastrocolic
(D) hepatorenal
(E) gastrosplenic
64. The portion of the hepatic artery extending
between the celiac trunk and the gastroduo-
denal artery is known as the
(A) proper hepatic
(B) common hepatic
(C) right hepatic
(D) left hepatic
(E) middle hepatic
65. The hepatic veins drain into which of the fol-
lowing structures?
(A) liver
(B) inferior vena cava
(C) spleen
(D) portal vein
(E) superior vena cava
66. The spiral valve is located in which of the fol-
lowing structures?
(A) head of pancreas
(B) pylorus
(C) neck of gallbladder
(D) cecum
(E) rectum
67. The cystic artery commonly arises from the
right hepatic artery in the angle between the
common hepatic duct and which of the follow-
ing structures?
(A) cystic duct
(B) celiac trunk
(C) portal vein
(D) proper hepatic artery
(E) gastroduodenal artery
68. Which of the following veins, when dilated,
produces caput medusae?
(A) proper hepatic
(B) splenic
(C) cystic
(D) paraumbilical
(E) rectal
69. Inferiorly, the posterior surfaces of the kidney
are related to all of the following structures
EXCEPT
(A) subcostal nerve
(B) iliohypogastric nerve
(C) ilioinguinal nerve
(D) 2nd portion of the duodenum
(E) quadratus lumborum
70. The renal papillae empty into which of the fol-
lowing structures?
(A) renal vein
(B) ureter
(C) minor calyces
(D) renal pyramid
(E) renal column
Questions: 50–70 53
0523-04 Chap 4 07/15/02 15:32 Page 53
71. All of the following statements concerning the
renal hilum are correct EXCEPT
(A) the renal vein is anterior to the renal
artery
(B) the renal artery is anterior to the renal
pelvis
(C) it is the entrance to the renal sinus
(D) it is located on the concave medial mar-
gin of the kidney
(E) it contains the renal pyramids
72. The suprarenal glands are located between the
superomedial aspects of the kidneys and which
of the following structures?
(A) neck of the pancreas
(B) diaphragm
(C) quadrate lobe of the liver
(D) mesentery
(E) 1st part of the duodenum
73. Which of the following structures is related to
the spleen, stomach, pancreas, and the left crus
of the diaphragm?
(A) left suprarenal gland
(B) left kidney
(C) left gonadal vein
(D) transverse mesocolon
(E) abdominal aorta
74. All of the following statements concerning the
suprarenal cortex are correct EXCEPT
(A) derives from mesoderm
(B) secretes corticosteroids
(C) secretes androgens
(D) associated with the sympathetic nervous
system
(E) causes the kidney to retain sodium
75. The superior suprarenal arteries are branches
of which of the following arteries?
(A) abdominal aorta
(B) renal
(C) inferior phrenic
(D) celiac trunk
(E) superior mesenteric
76. Which of the following muscles is considered
to be the chief muscle of inspiration?
(A) internal intercostal
(B) external intercostal
(C) diaphragm
(D) scalene
(E) sternocleidomastoid
77. All of the following statements concerning the
central tendon of the diaphragm are correct
EXCEPT
(A) It has no bony attachments.
(B) It is incompletely divided into three
leaves.
(C) It is perforated by the aorta.
(D) It lies near the center of the diaphragm.
(E) It is perforated by the inferior vena cava.
78. The crura of the diaphragm are musculotendi-
nous bundles that arise from which of the fol-
lowing structures?
(A) posterior longitudinal ligament
(B) sternum
(C) bodies of lumbar vertebrae L1, L2, and L3
(D) renal fascia
(E) psoas major muscle
79. The nerves of the kidneys and suprarenal
glands are derived from which of the following
plexuses?
(A) celiac
(B) lumbar
(C) inferior mesenteric
(D) sacral
(E) inferior hypogastric
80. The lateral arcuate ligaments are formed from
thickenings from which of the following mus-
cular fasciae?
(A) psoas major
(B) quadratus lumborum
(C) transversus abdominis
(D) rectus abdominis
(E) sternalis
54 4: The Abdomen
0523-04 Chap 4 07/15/02 15:32 Page 54
81. All of the following structures may herniate
into the thoracic cavity when there is a trauma-
tic diaphragmatic hernia EXCEPT
(A) stomach
(B) kidney
(C) intestine
(D) mesentery
(E) spleen
82. All of the following structures pass through
the esophageal hiatus EXCEPT
(A) posterior vagal trunk
(B) esophageal branches of the left gastric
vessels
(C) anterior vagal trunk
(D) thoracic duct
(E) esophagus
83. The greater and lesser splanchnic nerves pass
through the diaphragm via which of the fol-
lowing structures?
(A) sternocostal foramen
(B) aortic hiatus
(C) diaphragmatic crus
(D) vena caval foramen
(E) medial arcuate ligament
84. The parasympathetic root of the celiac plexus
is a branch of which of the following?
(A) greater splanchnic
(B) pelvic splanchnic
(C) lumbar splanchnic
(D) posterior vagal trunk
(E) lesser splanchnic
85. The bifurcation of the abdominal aorta occurs at
the level of which of the following structures?
(A) crest of the ilium
(B) inguinal ligament
(C) pubic tubercle
(D) symphysis pubis
(E) obturator foramen
86. The inferior vena cava begins anterior to which
of the following structures?
(A) right crus of the diaphragm
(B) right kidney
(C) 5th lumbar vertebra
(D) crest of the ilium
(E) bifurcation of the aorta
87. The cisterna chyli is the inferior end of which
of the following structures?
(A) inferior vena cava
(B) abdominal aorta
(C) renal vein
(D) testicular artery
(E) thoracic duct
88. How are the pelvic splanchnic nerves distinct
from other splanchnic nerves?
(A) derived from ventral primary rami of L2,
L3, and L4
(B) derived from the sympathetic trunks
(C) convey preganglionic parasympathetic
fibers to the inferior hypogastric plexus
(D) provide postganglionic sympathetic
innervation to the cecum
(E) convey postganglionic parasympathetic
innervation to the ascending colon
89. All of the following statements concerning the
psoas major muscle are correct EXCEPT
(A) It passes inferolaterally, deep to the
inguinal ligament.
(B) It inserts on the lesser trochanter of the
femur.
(C) The pelvic splanchnic nerves are embed-
ded in the posterior part of the psoas.
(D) It is a long, thick and fusiform muscle.
(E) Its name stems from a Greek word
meaning “muscle of the loin.”
90. Which of the following statements correctly
applies to the suprarenal medulla?
(A) derived from mesoderm
(B) secretes corticosteroids and androgens
(C) contains chromaffin cells
(D) secretes acetylcholine
(E) produces hormones that cause the kidney
to retain sodium and water in response to
stress
Questions: 71–90 55
0523-04 Chap 4 07/15/02 15:32 Page 55
91. The anatomical left and right lobes of the liver
are separated on the diaphragmatic surface of
the liver by which of the following structures?
(A) fissure for the round ligament of the
liver
(B) fissure for the ligamentum venosum
(C) falciform ligament
(D) porta hepatis
(E) lesser omentum
92. All of the following statements concerning the
spleen are correct EXCEPT
(A) It is the largest branch of the celiac trunk.
(B) It follows a tortuous course along the
inferior border of the pancreas.
(C) It divides into five or more branches that
enter the hilum of the spleen.
(D) It runs anterior to the left kidney.
(E) It follows posterior to the omental bursa.
93. In the developing embryo, the midgut rotates
270 degrees around which of the following
structures?
(A) superior mesenteric artery
(B) celiac trunk
(C) splenic artery
(D) left renal artery
(E) inferior vena cava
94. Which of the following structures is avascular?
(A) superior ileocecal fold
(B) inferior ileocecal fold
(C) mesoappendix
(D) appendix
(E) cecum
95. Which of the following statements correctly
relates to the 3rd part of the duodenum?
(A) It is supported by the suspensory liga-
ment of the duodenum.
(B) The bile and pancreatic ducts enter its
posteromedial wall.
(C) It is crossed by the superior mesenteric
artery and vein.
(D) It attaches to the hepatoduodenal
ligament.
(E) It lies to the right and runs parallel to the
inferior vena cava.
96. The left gastro-omental artery arises from
which of the following arteries?
(A) celiac trunk
(B) right gastric
(C) gastroduodenal
(D) splenic
(E) hepatic
97. Rugae are located in which of the following
structures?
(A) duodenum
(B) jejunum
(C) ileum
(D) cecum
(E) stomach
98. All of the following statements concerning the
esophagus are correct EXCEPT
(A) It extends from the pharynx to the
stomach.
(B) It is crossed by the arch of the aorta.
(C) It is crossed by the right main bronchus.
(D) It passes through the esophageal hiatus.
(E) It normally has four constrictions.
99. Digestion occurs mainly in which of the fol-
lowing structures?
(A) cecum and ascending colon
(B) transverse colon
(C) stomach and duodenum
(D) jejunum and ileum
(E) transverse and sigmoid colon
100. Most reabsorption of water occurs in which of
the following structures?
(A) stomach
(B) jejunum
(C) sigmoid colon
(D) ascending colon
(E) rectum
56 4: The Abdomen
0523-04 Chap 4 07/15/02 15:32 Page 56
DIRECTIONS (Questions 101 through 110): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
Questions: 91–110 57
0523-04 Chap 4 07/15/02 15:32 Page 57
DIRECTIONS (Questions 116 through 120): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
58 4: The Abdomen
DIRECTIONS (Questions 111 through 115): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
0523-04 Chap 4 07/15/02 15:32 Page 58
DIRECTIONS (Questions 126 through 130): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
Questions: 111–130 59
DIRECTIONS (Questions 121 through 125): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
0523-04 Chap 4 07/15/02 15:32 Page 59
Answers and Explanations
1. (D) The transumbilical and median planes
divide the abdomen into four quadrants
(Moore, p 176).
2. (D) The midclavicular planes pass through
the midpoint of the clavicles to the midin-
guinal points (Moore, p 176).
3. (C) Transversalis fascia lines most of the ab-
dominal wall and covers the deep surface of the
transverse abdominal muscle. The deep fascia
invests the external abdominal oblique muscle.
Both Camper’s and Scarpa’s fascia are located
in the inferior part of the abdominal subcuta-
neous tissue (Moore, pp 178–179).
4. (E) The parietal peritoneum is internal to the
transversalis fascia and is separated from it by
a variable amount of endoabdominal (extra-
peritoneal) fat. Camper’s fascia and the deep
fasciae are all superficial to the extraperitoneal
fat (Moore, p 179).
5. (B) The superficial fibers of the external ab-
dominal oblique arising from the middle and
lower ribs interdigitate with only those of the
serratus anterior (Moore, p 180).
6. (B) The anterolateral abdominal wall includes
the cartilages of the 7th–10th ribs and xiphoid
process superiorly. Inferiorly it is bounded by
the inguinal ligament and the pelvic bone
(Moore, p 178).
7. (C) The aponeuroses of these muscles inter-
lace at the linea alba with their fellows of the
opposite side to form the tough, aponeurotic
tendinous sheath of the rectus muscle, and
the rectus sheath (Moore, p 180).
8. (D) The contents of the rectus sheath include
the pyramidalis and rectus abdominis mus-
cles, the superior and inferior epigastric arter-
ies and veins, the lymphatics, and ventral
primary rami of T7–T12 nerves (Moore, p 180).
9. (B) Inferiorly, the inferior margin of the exter-
nal oblique aponeurosis thickens and folds back
on itself to form the inguinal ligament, a fibrous
band extending between the anterior superior
iliac spine and the pubic tubercle (Moore, p 180).
10. (A) Some fibers of the inguinal ligament pass
upward to cross the linea alba and blend with
the lower fibers of the contralateral aponeuro-
sis. These fibers form the reflected inguinal lig-
ament (Moore, p 180).
11. (C) The neurovascular plane of the antero-
lateral abdominal wall contains the thoraco-
abdominal nerves, cutaneous branches T7–T11,
ventral ramus of T12, iliohypogastric and ilioin-
guinal nerves, lumbar arteries, and the deep cir-
cumflex iliac artery (Moore, p 182).
12. (D) The rectus muscle is anchored trans-
versely by attachments to the anterior layer of
the rectus sheath and three or more tendinous
intersections (Moore, p 183).
13. (A) The inferior limit of the posterior lamina of
the rectus sheath is marked by the arcuate line,
which defines the point at which the posterior
lamina of the internal oblique and the aponeu-
rosis of the transverse abdominal become part
of the anterior rectus sheath (Moore, p 184).
14. (B) The median umbilical fold represents the
remnant of the urachus; the medial umbilical
60
0523-04 Chap 4 07/15/02 15:32 Page 60
folds are remnants of the occluded fetal umbil-
ical arteries; and the lateral umbilical folds
cover the inferior epigastric vessels (Moore,
p 191).
15. (B) The medial inguinal fossae between the
medial and lateral umbilical folds, the inguinal
triangles, are potential sites for the less common
direct inguinal hernias. The lateral inguinal fos-
sae, lateral to the lateral umbilical folds, are po-
tential sites for the most common type of hernia
in the lower abdominal wall—indirect inguinal
hernia (Moore, p 191).
16. (B) The inguinal canal contains the spermatic
cord in the male and the round ligament in the
female. The inguinal canal also contains blood
and lymphatic vessels and the ilioinguinal
nerve in both sexes (Moore, p 193).
17. (E) The deep inguinal ring (entrance to the
inguinal canal) is the site of an outpouching of
the transversalis fascia approximately 1.2 cm
superior to the middle of the inguinal liga-
ment (Moore, p 193).
18. (D) The inguinal ligament is reinforced in its
most medial part by the lacunar ligament, a re-
flected part or extension from the deep aspect
of the inguinal ligament to the pectineal line of
the pecten pubis (Moore, p 193).
19. (B) The iliopubic tract is the thickened inferior
margin of the transversalis fascia that appears
as a fibrous band running parallel and deep
to the inguinal ligament. The iliopubic tract
demarcates the inferior edge of the deep ingui-
nal ring (Moore, p 193).
20. (C) The testes develop in the extraperitoneal
connective tissue in the superior lumbar region
of the posterior abdominal wall (Moore, p 193).
21. (D) The gubernaculum is a fibrous cord con-
necting the primordial testis to the anterolateral
wall at the site of the future deep inguinal ring.
The gubernaculum is represented postnatally
by the scrotal ligament, which extends from the
testis to the skin of the scrotum (Moore, p 194).
22. (C) The cremasteric fascia contains loops of cre-
master muscle, which is formed by the lower-
most fascicles of the internal oblique muscle
arising from the inguinal ligament. The cremas-
teric fascia is derived from the deep and super-
ficial fascia of the internal oblique (Moore, p 198).
23. (A) The cremaster muscle is innervated by the
genital branch of the genitofemoral nerve
(Moore, p 198).
24. (C) The artery of the ductus deferens arises
from the inferior vesicle (Moore, p 198).
25. (A) Genital branch of the genitofemoral,
anterior scrotal branches of the ilioinguinal,
posterior scrotal branches of the pudendal, and
perineal branches of the posterior femoral cuta-
neous provide the innervation to the scrotum
(Moore, p 201).
26. (C) The epididymis lies on the posterior sur-
face of the testis, which is covered by the tunica
vaginalis except at its posterior margin (Moore,
p 201).
27. (B) The testes are covered with a tough fi-
brous coat know as the tunica albuginea
(Moore, p 201).
28. (D) The tunica vaginalis is a closed peritoneal
sac partially surrounding the testis, which rep-
resents the closed-off distal part of the embry-
onic processus vaginalis (Moore, p 202).
29. (D) The pampiniform plexus is part of the
thermoregulatory system of the testis, helping
to keep this gland at a constant temperature
(Moore, p 202).
30. (B) The autonomic nerves of the testis arise as
the testicular plexus of nerves on the testicular
artery, which contains vagal parasympathetic
fibers and sympathetic fibers from the T7 seg-
ment of the spinal cord (Moore, p 202).
31. (E) The peritoneal cavity is a potential space of
capillary thinness between the parietal and vis-
ceral layers of peritoneum. It contains no organs
but rather a thin film of peritoneal fluid that
lubricates the peritoneal surfaces (Moore, p 210).
Answers and Explanations: 1–31 61
0523-04 Chap 4 07/15/02 15:32 Page 61
32. (D) The lesser omentum connects the lesser
curvature of the stomach and the proximal part
of the duodenum to the liver (Moore, p 213).
33. (C) The greater omentum has considerable
mobility and moves around the peritoneal
cavity with peristaltic movements of the vis-
cera. It wraps itself around an inflamed organ
such as the appendix, walling it off and
thereby protecting other viscera from it. For
this reason, the great omentum is referred to
as the “policeman of the peritoneal cavity.”
34. (D) The liver is connected to the duodenum
by the hepatoduodenal ligament (the thick-
ened free edge of the lesser omentum that con-
ducts the portal triad: portal vein, hepatic
artery, and bile duct) (Moore, p 213).
35. (C) The caudate lobe of the liver, covered with
visceral peritoneum, forms the superior bound-
ary of the omental foramen (epiploic foramen,
or foramen of Winslow), an opening situated
posterior to the free edge of the lesser omentum
(hepatoduodenal ligament).
36. (D) The esophagus has internal circular and
external longitudinal layers of muscle. In its
superior third, the external layer consists of
skeletal muscle, the inferior third is composed
of smooth muscle, and the middle third is made
up of both types of muscle (Moore, p 224).
37. (C) The arterial supply of the abdominal part
of the esophagus is from the left gastric artery,
a branch of the celiac trunk, and the left infe-
rior phrenic artery (Moore, p 225).
38. (B) When the gastric mucosa is contracted, it
is thrown into longitudinal ridges known as
gastric folds or rugae (Moore, p 227).
39. (A) The left gastro-omental artery arises from
the splenic artery and courses along the greater
curvature to anastomose with the right gastro-
omental artery (Moore, p 229).
40. (B) The sympathetic nerve supply of the stom-
ach from T6 through T9 segments of the spinal
cord passes to the celiac plexus through the
greater splanchnic nerve (Moore, p 231).
41. (C) The superior (1st) part of the duodenum
lies anterolateral to the body of L1 vertebra
(Moore, p 237).
42. (B) The bile and pancreatic ducts enter the pos-
teromedial wall of the 2nd portion of the duo-
denum (Moore, p 237).
43. (D) The inferior or horizontal (third) portion
of the duodenum is crossed by the superior
mesenteric artery and vein and the root of the
mesentery of the jejunum and ileum (Moore,
p 237).
44. (A) The duodenojejunal junction is supported
by the suspensory muscle of the duodenum (lig-
ament of Treitz) (Moore, p 237).
45. (C) The gastroduodenal artery and its
branches, the superior anterior and posterior
pancreaticoduodenal arteries, supply the duo-
denum proximal to the entry of the bile duct
into the descending (second) portion of the
duodenum (Moore, p 241).
46. (E) The root of the mesentery crosses (succes-
sively) the ascending and horizontal parts of
the duodenum, abdominal aorta, inferior vena
cava, right ureter, right psoas major, and right
testicular or ovarian vessels (Moore, p 244).
47. (B) The superior mesenteric and splenic veins
unite to form the portal vein posterior to the
neck of the pancreas (Moore, p 244).
48. (C) The sympathetic fibers in the nerves to the
jejunum and ileum originate in the T5 through
T9 segments of the spinal cord (Moore, p 244).
49. (C) The jejunum contains circular folds along
with the duodenum. The circular folds are
absent in the ileum and large intestine (Moore,
p 244).
50. (D) The large intestine can be distinguished
from the small intestine by teniae coli, haustra,
and omental appendices (Moore, p 249).
62 4: The Abdomen
0523-04 Chap 4 07/15/02 15:32 Page 62
51. (E) There are no teniae in the appendix or rec-
tum (Moore, p 249).
52. (C) The appendix is supplied by the appendic-
ular artery, a branch of the ileocolic artery
(Moore, p 251).
53. (D) The base of the appendix lies deep to a
point that is one-third of the way along the
oblique line, joining the right anterior superior
iliac spine to the umbilicus (spinoumbilical or
McBurney’s point) (Moore, p 251).
54. (B) The pelvic splanchnic nerves provide the
parasympathetic innervation for the distal
one-third of the transverse colon, descending
colon, and rectum (Moore, p 255).
55. (C) The rectum, the fixed terminal part of the
large intestine, is continuous with the sigmoid
colon at the level of S3 vertebra (Moore, p 255).
56. (C) The spleen is the largest of the lymphatic
organs and is a mobile structure entirely sur-
rounded by peritoneum except at the hilum.
It lies beneath the 9th, 10th, and 11th ribs and
does not normally descend inferior to the
costal margin. The spleen varies considerably
in size, weight, and shape (Moore, p 256).
57. (C) The splenic artery, the largest branch of
the celiac trunk, follows a tortuous course pos-
terior to the omental bursa, anterior to the left
kidney, and along the superior border of the
pancreas (Moore, p 257).
58. (D) The head of the pancreas is embraced by
the C-shaped curve of the duodenum to the
right of the superior mesenteric vessels (Moore,
p 257).
59. (A) The head of the pancreas rests posteriorly
on the inferior vena cava, right renal artery and
vein and left renal vein (Moore, p 259).
60. (D) The main pancreatic duct and the bile duct
unite to form a short, dilated hepatopancreatic
ampulla, which opens into the descending part
of the duodenum at the summit of the major
duodenal papilla (Moore, p 261).
61. (A) The round ligament of the liver is the
fibrous remnant of the umbilical vein that car-
ried well-oxygenated and nutrient-rich blood
from the placenta to the fetus (Moore, p 265).
62. (E) The porta hepatis gives passage to the por-
tal vein, hepatic artery, hepatic nerve plexus,
hepatic ducts, and lymphatic vessels (Moore,
p 265).
63. (A) The portion of the lesser omentum extend-
ing between the porta hepatis of the liver and
the duodenum (the hepatoduodenal ligament)
encloses the portal triad (Moore, p 265).
64. (B) The common hepatic artery extends from
the celiac trunk to the origin of the gastroduo-
denal artery. The proper hepatic artery extends
from the origin of the gastroduodenal artery
to its bifurcation into right and left hepatic
branches (Moore, p 265).
65. (B) The hepatic veins, formed by the union of
the central veins of the liver, open into the infe-
rior vena cava just inferior to the diaphragm
(Moore, p 266).
66. (C) The mucosa of the neck of the gallbladder
spirals into a fold known as the spiral valve,
which keeps the cystic duct open so that bile
can easily divert into the gallbladder when
the distal end of the bile duct is closed, or so bile
can pass to the duodenum as the gallbladder
contracts (Moore, p 274).
67. (A) The cystic artery commonly arises from
the right hepatic artery in the angle between
the common hepatic duct and the cystic duct
(Moore, p 275).
68. (D) The paraumbilical veins of the anterior
abdominal wall (portal system) anastomosing
with superficial epigastric veins (systemic sys-
tem), when dilated, produce caput medusae
(Moore, p 277).
69. (D) Inferiorly, the posterior surfaces of the
kidney are related to the quadratus lumborum
muscle and the subcostal, iliohypogastric, and
ilioinguinal nerves and vessels (Moore, p 280).
Answers and Explanations: 32–69 63
0523-04 Chap 4 07/15/02 15:32 Page 63
70. (C) The renal papillae empty into the minor cal-
ices, which empty into major calices which in
turn empty into the pelvis of the ureter (Moore,
p 280).
71. (E) At the concave medial margin of each kid-
ney is a vertical cleft, the renal hilum, where the
renal artery enters and the renal vein and renal
pelvis leave the renal sinus. At the hilum, the
renal vein is anterior to the renal artery, which
is anterior to the renal pelvis (Moore, p 280).
72. (B) The suprarenal glands are located between
the superomedial aspects of the kidneys and
the diaphragm (Moore, p 285).
73. (A) The semilunar left suprarenal gland is rela-
ted to the spleen, stomach, pancreas, and left
crus of the diaphragm (Moore, p 285).
74. (D) The suprarenal cortex derives from meso-
derm and secretes corticosteroids and andro-
gens. These hormones cause the kidneys to
retain sodium and water in response to stress
(Moore, p 285).
75. (C) The superior suprarenal arteries are pro-
vided by the inferior phrenic. The middle supra-
renal arteries are provided by the abdominal
aorta and the inferior suprarenal arteries are
provided by the renal artery (Moore, p 287).
76. (C) The diaphragm, the chief muscle of inspira-
tion, descends during inspiration. Only its cen-
tral part moves because its periphery, as the
fixed origin of the muscle, attaches to the inferior
margin of the thoracic cage and the superior
lumbar vertebrae (Moore, p 289).
77. (C) The central tendon of the diaphragm has
no bony attachments and is incompletely di-
vided into three leaves, resembling a wide
cloverleaf. Although it lies near the center of the
diaphragm, the central tendon is closer to the
anterior part of the thorax. The inferior vena
cava perforates the central tendon. The aortic
hiatus is formed by the right and left muscular
crura (Moore, p 292).
78. (C) The crura of the diaphragm are musculo-
tendinous bundles that arise from the ante-
rior surfaces of the bodies of the superior three
lumbar vertebrae, the anterior longitudinal
ligament, and the intervertebral discs (Moore,
p 291).
79. (A) The nerves of the kidneys and suprarenal
glands are derived from the celiac plexus, the
lesser and least thoracic splanchnic nerves, and
the aorticorenal ganglion (Moore, p 290).
80. (B) The diaphragm is attached on each side to
the medial and lateral arcuate ligaments, which
are thickenings of the fascia covering the psoas
major and quadratus lumborum muscles,
respectively (Moore, p 292).
81. (B) The stomach, spleen, mesentery, and intes-
tine may herniate into the thorax when there is
a traumatic diaphragmatic hernia (Moore, p 295).
82. (D) The esophageal hiatus is an oval aperture
for the esophagus in the muscle of the right crus
of the diaphragm at the level of the T10 verte-
bra. The esophageal hiatus also transmits the
anterior and posterior vagal trunks, esophageal
branches of the left gastric vessels, and a few
lymphatics (Moore, p 294).
83. (C) The sympathetic trunks pass deep to the
medial arcuate ligament. There are two small
apertures in each crus of the diaphragm; one
transmits the greater and the other the lesser
splanchnic nerve (Moore, p 295).
84. (D) The parasympathetic root of the celiac
plexus is a branch of the posterior vagal trunk
that contains fibers from the right and left vagal
nerves. The sympathetic roots of the plexus are
the greater and lesser splanchnic nerves (Moore,
p 3020).
85. (A) The bifurcation of the aorta can be located
on the surface anatomy approximately 2.5 cm
superior to the transpyloric plane to a point
slightly inferior to and to the left of the umbili-
cus. Bifurcation is also indicated just to the left
of the midpoint of a line joining the highest
points of the iliac crests (Moore, p 305).
64 4: The Abdomen
0523-04 Chap 4 07/15/02 15:32 Page 64
86. (C) The inferior vena cava begins anterior to
the L5 vertebra by the union of the common
iliac veins. The union occurs approximately
2.5 cm to the right of the median plane, inferior
to the bifurcation of the aorta and posterior to
the proximal part of the right common iliac
artery (Moore, p 307).
87. (E) In a small proportion of individuals, the
inferior end of the thoracic duct—which begins
with the convergence of the main lymphatic
ducts of the abdomen—takes the form of the
commonly depicted, thin-walled sac or dilation
known as the cisterna chyli (Moore, p 308).
88. (C) The pelvic splanchnic nerves are distinct
from other splanchnic nerves in that they have
nothing to do with the sympathetic trunks and
are derived directly from ventral rami of spinal
nerves S2 through S4. They also convey pre-
synaptic parasympathetic fibers to the inferior
hypogastric plexus (Moore, p 302).
89. (C) The psoas muscle is a long, thick, fusi-
form muscle that lies lateral to the lumbar ver-
tebrae. Psoas is a Greek word meaning “muscle
of the loin.” The muscle passes inferolaterally,
deep to the inguinal ligament to reach the lesser
trochanter of the femur. The lumbar plexus of
nerves is embedded in the posterior part of the
psoas (Moore, p 299).
90. (C) The suprarenal medulla is derived from
neural crest cells associated with the sympa-
thetic nervous system. The chromaffin cells of
the medulla are related to sympathetic (post-
ganglionic) neurons in both derivation (neural
crest cells) and function. These cells secrete
catecholamines (mostly epinephrine) into
the bloodstream in response to signals from
presynaptic neurons (Moore, p 286).
91. (C) In the current terminology, the left liver
includes the caudate lobe and most of the
quadrate lobe. The anatomical left lobe is sepa-
rated from these lobes on the visceral surface by
the fissure for the round ligament of the liver
and the fissure for the ligamentum venosum;
on the diaphragmatic surface the anatomical
left lobe is separated by the attachment of the
falciform ligament (Moore, p 265).
92. (B) The splenic artery is the largest branch of
the celiac trunk. It follows a tortuous course
posterior to the omental bursa, anterior to the
left kidney, and along the superior border
of the pancreas. It divides into five or more
branches that enter the hilum of the spleen
(Moore, p 257).
93. (A) For several weeks the rapidly growing
midgut, supplied by the superior mesenteric
artery, is physiologically herniated into the
proximal part of the umbilical cord. It is at-
tached to the yolk sac by the yolk stalk. As it
returns to the abdominal cavity, the midgut
rotates 270 degrees around the axis of the
superior mesenteric artery (Moore, p 246).
94. (B) The appendicular artery is located in the
mesoappendix and the anterior cecal artery is
located in the superior ileocecal fold. Both the
appendix and cecum are vascular. The inferior
ileocecal fold is avascular (Moore, p 238).
95. (C) The inferior or horizontal (3rd) part of the
duodenum runs transversally to the left, pass-
ing over the inferior vena cava, aorta, and L3
vertebra. It is crossed by the superior mesenteric
artery and vein and the root of the mesentery
(Moore, p 237).
96. (D) The left gastro-omental artery arises from
the splenic artery and courses along the
greater curvature to anastomose with the right
gastro-omental artery (Moore, p 229).
97. (E) The smooth surface of the gastric mucosa,
mucous layer of the stomach, is thrown into
longitudinal ridges when contracted. These
are the gastric folds or rugae and most obvious
along the greater curvature of the stomach
(Moore, p 227).
98. (C) The esophagus is a muscular tube (approx-
imately 25 cm long) that extends from the phar-
ynx to the stomach. It normally has four con-
strictions and is crossed by the arch of the aorta
and the left main bronchus (Moore, p 221).
Answers and Explanations: 70–98 65
0523-04 Chap 4 07/15/02 15:32 Page 65
99. (C) Digestion occurs mainly in the stomach
and duodenum. Peristalsis—ring-like, contrac-
tion waves that begin around the middle of
the stomach and move slowly toward the
pylorus—is responsible for mixing the masti-
cated food mass with gastric juices and for
emptying the contents of the stomach into the
duodenum (Moore, p 218).
100. (D) Most reabsorption occurs in the ascend-
ing colon (Moore, p 218).
101. falciform ligament
102. lesser omentum
103. left gastric artery
104. celiac trunk
105. gastrolienal ligament
106. splenic artery
107. gastrocolic ligament
108. common hepatic artery
109. pylorus
110. proper hepatic artery
111. caval opening
112. esophageal hiatus
113. right crus of diaphragm
114. aortic hiatus
115. quadratus lumborum
116. internal abdominal oblique
117. superior epigastric artery
118. rectus abdominis
119. transversus abdominis
120. inferior epigastric artery
121. transversus abdominis aponeurosis
122. external abdominal oblique aponeurosis
123. transversalis fascia
124. rectus abdominis
125. internal abdominal oblique aponeurosis
126. subcostal nerve
127. iliohypogastric nerve
128. lateral femoral cutaneous nerve
129. femoral nerve
130. genitofemoral nerve
66 4: The Abdomen
0523-04 Chap 4 07/15/02 15:32 Page 66
67
DIRECTIONS (Questions 1 through 100): Each of
the numbered items or incomplete statements in this
section is followed by answers or by completions of
the statement. Select the ONE lettered answer or
completion that is BEST in each case.
1. All of the following statements concerning the
pelvic cavity are correct EXCEPT
(A) It is bounded posteriorly by the coccyx.
(B) It is bounded anteriorly by the pubic
symphysis.
(C) The pelvic inlet forms the superior
boundary.
(D) The pelvic outlet forms the inferior
boundary.
(E) The musculofascial pelvic diaphragm
closes the pelvic inlet.
2. All of the following bones contribute to the
formation of the pelvic cavity EXCEPT
(A) ischium
(B) pelvis
(C) pubis
(D) coccyx
(E) sacrum
3. Which of the following structures is located
between the ischial spine and the ischial
tuberosity?
(A) obturator foramen
(B) lesser sciatic notch
(C) acetabular notch
(D) pubic arch
(E) arcuate line
CHAPTER 5
The Pelvis and Perineum
Questions
4. The lateral part of the superior ramus of the
pubis forms which of the following structures?
(A) iliopubic eminence
(B) pubic tubercle
(C) pecten pubis
(D) anterior inferior iliac spine
(E) acetabulum
5. All of the following structures provide bound-
aries for the pelvic inlet EXCEPT
(A) inferior ramus of the pubis
(B) sacral promontory
(C) anterior border of the ala of the sacrum
(D) arcuate line of the ilium
(E) pecten pubis
6. When a person is in the anatomical position,
which of the following structures lie in the
same vertical plane?
(A) sacral promontory and pubic tubercles
(B) anterior superior iliac spines and the
anterior aspect of the pubic symphysis
(C) posterior superior iliac spines and the
posterior aspect of the ischial tuberosity
(D) ischial spines and the posterior border of
the obturator foramen
(E) superior pubic rami and the greater sci-
atic notch
67
0523-05 Chap 5 07/15/02 15:33 Page 67
7. Weak areas of the pelvis include all of the fol-
lowing EXCEPT
(A) ischial tuberosities
(B) alae of the ilium
(C) pubic rami
(D) sacroiliac joint
(E) acetabula
8. The pelvic floor is formed by all of the follow-
ing muscles EXCEPT
(A) pubococcygeus
(B) coccygeus
(C) piriformis
(D) puborectalis
(E) iliococcygeus
9. Which of the following muscles covers and
pads the lateral pelvic wall?
(A) obturator internus
(B) piriformis
(C) pubococcygeus
(D) iliococcygeus
(E) ischiococcygeus
10. All of the following statements concerning the
sciatic nerve are correct EXCEPT
(A) It is the largest and broadest nerve in the
body.
(B) It is formed by the dorsal rami of L4 to S3.
(C) It passes through the greater sciatic
foramen.
(D) It exits the pelvis inferior to the piriformis
muscle.
(E) It is one of the two main nerves of the
sacral plexus.
11. All of the following statements concerning the
pudendal nerve are correct EXCEPT
(A) It is derived from the anterior divisions
of the ventral rami of S2 through S4.
(B) It accompanies the internal pudendal
artery.
(C) It leaves the pelvis through the greater
sciatic foramen.
(D) It leaves the pelvis through the greater
sciatic foramen inferior to the piriformis
and coccygeus muscles.
(E) It is the chief sensory nerve of the exter-
nal genitalia.
12. Which of the following nerves exits the pelvis
through the greater sciatic foramen, superior
to the piriformis?
(A) sciatic
(B) pudendal
(C) superior gluteal
(D) lumbosacral trunk
(E) obturator
13. Which of the following statements concerning
the sacral sympathetic trunks is correct?
(A) Usually has four sympathetic ganglia.
(B) Descends on the pelvic surface of the
ischium.
(C) Ends as the dorsal nerve of the penis or
clitoris.
(D) Passes through the obturator canal.
(E) Pierces the sacrotuberous ligament.
14. The inferior hypogastric plexus receives fibers
from which of the following nerves?
(A) pudendal and obturator
(B) sciatic and superior gluteal
(C) inferior gluteal and lumbosacral
(D) pelvic splanchnic and hypogastric
(E) sacral sympathetic and obturator
15. All of the following arteries enter the true pelvis
EXCEPT
(A) internal iliac
(B) median sacral
(C) superior rectal
(D) ovarian
(E) testicular
16. Which of the following arteries is considered
to be the artery of the pelvis?
(A) obturator
(B) pudendal
68 5: The Pelvis and Perineum
0523-05 Chap 5 07/15/02 15:33 Page 68
(C) uterine
(D) internal iliac
(E) sacral
17. Which of the following arteries arises from the
anterior division of the internal iliac?
(A) superior rectal
(B) iliolumbar
(C) superior gluteal
(D) gonadal
(E) obturator
18. All of the following statements concerning the
ureters are correct EXCEPT
(A) They are retroperitoneal.
(B) They cross the pelvic brim anterior to the
bifurcation of the common iliac arteries.
(C) They are fibrous tubes connecting the
kidneys to the urinary bladder.
(D) Their superior halves lie in the abdomen
and the inferior halves lie in the pelvis.
(E) Their oblique passage through the blad-
der wall forms a one-way “flap valve.”
19. The uvula of the bladder is located in which of
the following locations?
(A) retropubic space
(B) trigone of the bladder
(C) apex of the bladder
(D) fundus of the bladder
(E) pubovesical ligament
20. Parasympathetic fibers to the bladder are de-
rived from which of the following nerves?
(A) pelvic splanchnic
(B) greater splanchnic
(C) T11-L2
(D) superior hypogastric plexus
(E) sacral plexus
21. Which of the following parts of the male ure-
thra is the widest and most dilatable?
(A) preprostatic
(B) prostatic
(C) membranous
(D) spongy
(E) external urethral meatus
22. Which of the following structures opens into
the prostatic sinus?
(A) prostatic utricle
(B) ejaculatory ducts
(C) prostatic ductules
(D) seminal vesicles
(E) bulbourethral glands
23. The paraurethral glands open into which of
the following structures?
(A) near the external urethral orifice
(B) in the neck of the bladder
(C) in the prostatic utricle
(D) in the seminal colliculus
(E) in the ejaculatory ducts
24. All of the following statements concerning the
ductus deferens are correct EXCEPT
(A) It begins in the head of the epididymis.
(B) It ascends in the spermatic cord.
(C) It passes through the inguinal canal.
(D) It joins the duct of the seminal vesicle to
form the ejaculatory duct.
(E) It descends medial to the ureter and
seminal vesicle.
25. All of the following statements concerning the
seminal vesicles are correct EXCEPT
(A) The peritoneum of the rectovesical
pouch separates the superior ends of the
seminal vesicles from the rectum.
(B) They do not store sperm.
(C) They are elongated structures that lie
between the fundus of the bladder and
the rectum.
(D) The inferior ends of the seminal vesicles
are separated from the rectum by the
rectovesical septum.
(E) Bulbourethral glands empty into the
seminal vesicles.
Questions: 7–25 69
0523-05 Chap 5 07/15/02 15:33 Page 69
26. The posterior fornix is the deepest part of which
of the following structures?
(A) urinary bladder
(B) vagina
(C) deep perineal space
(D) urethra
(E) uterus
27. All of the following statements concerning the
uterus are correct EXCEPT
(A) It is anteverted.
(B) It is anteflexed.
(C) The position of the uterus is fixed.
(D) It is divisible into two main parts.
(E) The body of the uterus lies between the
layers of the broad ligament.
28. Which of the following parts of the uterus pro-
trudes into the uppermost vagina?
(A) round ligament
(B) body
(C) fundus
(D) isthmus
(E) cervix
29. The rounded vaginal part of the cervix ex-
tends into the vagina and communicates with
it through which of the following structures?
(A) uterine tubes
(B) external os
(C) ureter
(D) urethra
(E) internal os
30. Laterally, the peritoneum of the broad liga-
ment is prolonged superiorly over the ovarian
vessels as which of the following structures?
(A) mesovarium
(B) mesosalpinx
(C) mesometrium
(D) suspensory ligament of the ovary
(E) transverse cervical (cardinal) ligaments
31. The oocytes expelled from the ovaries usually
are fertilized in which of the following areas of
the uterine tubes?
(A) infundibulum
(B) ampulla
(C) isthmus
(D) uterine
(E) fimbria
32. The distal end of the ovary connects to the lat-
eral wall of the pelvis by which of the follow-
ing structures?
(A) round ligament
(B) ligament of the ovary
(C) suspensory ligament of the ovary
(D) transverse cervical ligament
(E) lateral cervical ligament
33. Which of the following nerves provides para-
sympathetic innervation to the ovaries?
(A) pudendal
(B) pelvic splanchnic
(C) vagus
(D) obturator
(E) superior hypogastric
34. The rectosigmoid junction lies anterior to
which of the following structures?
(A) S3 vertebra
(B) prostate
(C) obturator foramen
(D) bladder
(E) pararectal fossae
35. All of the following osseofibrous structures
mark the boundaries of the perineum EXCEPT
(A) pubic symphysis
(B) inferior pubic rami
(C) sacrospinous ligament
(D) ischial tuberosities
(E) ischial rami
36. The perineum is divided into two triangles by
drawing a transverse line between which of
the following structures?
70 5: The Pelvis and Perineum
0523-05 Chap 5 07/15/02 15:33 Page 70
(A) anterior ends of the ischial tuberosities
(B) coccyx to pubic tubercles
(C) inferior iliac spines to pubic symphysis
(D) medial ends of inguinal ligament to tip
of coccyx
(E) sacrum to pubic symphysis
37. The perineal body is the site of convergence of
all of the following muscles EXCEPT
(A) ischiocavernous
(B) bulbospongiosus
(C) superficial transverse perineal
(D) deep transverse perineal
(E) external anal sphincter
38. In males, the superficial perineal pouch con-
tains which of the following structures?
(A) prostate
(B) seminal vesicles
(C) membranous urethra
(D) neck of the bladder
(E) ischiocavernous muscle
39. In females, the deep perineal pouch contains
which of the following structures?
(A) clitoris
(B) greater vestibular glands
(C) bulbourethral glands
(D) bulbs of the vestibule
(E) external urethral sphincter
40. The pudendal canal is a space within which of
the following structures?
(A) the deep perineal space
(B) the superficial perineal space
(C) the obturator fascia
(D) the broad ligament
(E) the urogenital triangle
41. The pudendal nerve innervates which of the
following structures?
(A) ovaries
(B) testes
(C) uterus
(D) levator ani
(E) muscles of the deep and superficial peri-
neal pouch
42. The anal columns contain which of the follow-
ing structures?
(A) internal pudendal vessels
(B) pudendal nerve
(C) superior rectal vessels
(D) obturator nerve
(E) inferior rectal vessels
43. All of the following statements concerning the
pectinate line are correct EXCEPT
(A) It is the junction between the superior
and inferior parts of the anal canal.
(B) The superior rectal artery supplies the
superior part of the anal canal.
(C) Lymphatic vessels from the superior
part of the anal canal drain into the inter-
nal lymph nodes.
(D) The superior part of the anal canal is
drained by the internal rectal venous
plexus which drains into tributaries of
the caval venous system.
(E) The nerve supply to the anal canal supe-
rior to the pectinate line is somatic inner-
vation.
44. The navicular fossa is located in which of the
following structures?
(A) glans penis
(B) prostate
(C) bladder
(D) seminal vesicle
(E) expanded in the clitoris
45. Which of the following nerves do NOT inner-
vate the scrotum?
(A) ilioinguinal
(B) genitofemoral
(C) pudendal
(D) posterior femoral cutaneous
(E) obturator
Questions: 26–45 71
0523-05 Chap 5 07/15/02 15:33 Page 71
46. The deep arteries of the penis are located in
which of the following areas?
(A) superficial to the tunica albuginea
(B) superficial to the deep fascia
(C) within the corpus spongiosum
(D) within the corpora cavernosa
(E) prepuce
47. Which of the following muscles surrounds the
crura in the root of the penis?
(A) superficial transverse perineal
(B) deep transverse perineal
(C) bulbospongiosus
(D) ischiocavernosus
(E) cremaster
48. The space between the labia minora, the ves-
tibule, contains all of the following structures
EXCEPT
(A) urethral opening
(B) opening of the vagina
(C) ducts of the greater vestibular glands
(D) ducts of the lesser vestibular glands
(E) bulbs of the vestibule
49. Each of the following statements relating to
the labia minora is correct EXCEPT
(A) They are folds of fat.
(B) They are hairless.
(C) They are enclosed in the pudendal cleft
within the labia majora.
(D) They have a core of spongy connective
tissue containing erectile tissue.
(E) They contain many sebaceous glands
and sensory nerve endings.
50. Parasympathetic stimulation in the female pro-
duces which of the following?
(A) decreased vaginal secretions
(B) engorgement of erectile tissue in the
bulbs of the vestibule
(C) engorgement of the greater vestibular
gland
(D) decrease in size of the clitoris
(E) the clitoris becomes flaccid
51. The paramesonephric ducts in the male degen-
erate except for which of the following struc-
tures?
(A) efferent ductules of the testis
(B) appendix testis
(C) ductus epididymis
(D) seminal vesicles
(E) ductus deferens
52. The only parts remaining from the mesoneph-
ric system in the female include which of the
following structures?
(A) fimbriae
(B) uterine tubes
(C) epoöphoron
(D) uterus
(E) cervix
53. The vaginal fornices are derived from which
of the following structures?
(A) paramesonephric duct
(B) mesonephric ducts
(C) ectodermal duct
(D) sinovaginal bulbs
(E) urogenital sinus
54. Rapid elongation of the genital tubercle in the
male gives rise to which of the following
structures?
(A) testes
(B) scrotum
(C) ductus deferens
(D) phallus
(E) epididymis
55. The scrotum arises from which of the following
structures?
(A) mesonephric ducts
(B) paramesonephric ducts
(C) urethral folds
(D) cloacal fold
(E) genital swellings
56. The clitoris is derived from which of the fol-
lowing structures?
72 5: The Pelvis and Perineum
0523-05 Chap 5 07/15/02 15:33 Page 72
(A) urethral folds
(B) genital swellings
(C) urogenital groove
(D) mesonephric ducts
(E) genital tubercle
57. Which of the following structures give rise to
the labia minora?
(A) mesonephric ducts
(B) urogenital groove
(C) genital swellings
(D) urethral folds
(E) genital tubercle
58. Which of the following structures extends into
the labia majora?
(A) suspensory ligament of the ovary
(B) ligament of the ovary proper
(C) processus vaginalis
(D) round ligament of the uterus
(E) uterine tube
59. Which of the following terms correctly applies
to the pelvis of the normal female?
(A) spondyloid
(B) android
(C) gynecoid
(D) anthropoid
(E) platypelloid
60. Persons with spondylolysis have a defect in
which of the following structures?
(A) vertebral arch
(B) body of L5 vertebra
(C) sacrum
(D) vertebral canal
(E) vertebral body
61. The neck of the bladder in females is held
firmly by which of the following structures?
(A) puboprostatic ligaments
(B) puborectalis muscle
(C) levator ani muscle
(D) coccygeus muscle
(E) pubovesical ligaments
62. The median umbilical ligament contains which
of the following structures?
(A) inferior epigastric vessels
(B) obturator vessels
(C) remnant of the urachus
(D) uterine tubes
(E) ovarian vessels
63. The inferior ends of the seminal vesicles are
closely related to the rectum and are sepa-
rated from it only by which of the following
structures?
(A) pubovesical ligament
(B) puboprostatic ligament
(C) rectovesical septum
(D) puborectalis muscle
(E) coccygeus muscle
64. Which of the following structures is the larg-
est accessory gland of the male reproductive
system?
(A) testes
(B) seminal vesicles
(C) prostate
(D) bulbourethral glands
(E) epididymis
65. All of the following muscles compress the va-
gina and act like sphincters EXCEPT
(A) pubovaginalis
(B) external urethral sphincter
(C) urethrovaginal sphincter
(D) bulbospongiosus
(E) pubococcygeus
66. The mesosalpinx forms the mesentery for which
of the following structures?
(A) uterine tube
(B) ovary
(C) small intestine
(D) bladder
(E) uterus
Questions: 46–66 73
0523-05 Chap 5 07/15/02 15:33 Page 73
67. The ovarian arteries arise from which of the
following arteries?
(A) superior gluteal
(B) inferior gluteal
(C) abdominal aorta
(D) superior rectal
(E) internal pudendal
68. Which of the following structures provides
support for the ampulla of the rectum?
(A) urogenital diaphragm
(B) puboprostatic ligament
(C) sacrogenital ligament
(D) tendinous arch of pelvic fascia
(E) levator ani and anococcygeal ligament
69. In males the rectum is related anteriorly to all
of the following structures EXCEPT
(A) fundus of the urinary bladder
(B) proximal parts of the ureters
(C) ductus deferens
(D) seminal vesicles
(E) prostate
70. Some obstetricians apply the term perineum to
a more restricted region that extends between
which of the following structures?
(A) perineal body and the mons pubis
(B) vagina and anus
(C) pubic arch and the rectum
(D) ischial spines and pubic tubercles
(E) vestibule and sacrum
71. Distally the corpus spongiosum expands to
form which of the following structures?
(A) bulb of the penis
(B) clitoris
(C) vestibule
(D) glans penis
(E) crura of the penis
72. Helicine arteries are located in which of the
following structures?
(A) superficial perineal space
(B) deep perineal space
(C) corpora cavernosa
(D) spermatic cord
(E) bulbospongiosum
73. The term vulva is synonymous with which of
the following structures?
(A) mons pubis
(B) labia majora
(C) vestibule
(D) clitoris
(E) pudendum
74. Which of the following structures may be re-
ferred to as the fourchette?
(A) prepuce of the clitoris
(B) frenulum of the labia minora
(C) vestibule of the vagina
(D) glans clitoris
(E) mons pubis
75. The lesser vestibular glands open into which
of the following structures?
(A) vestibule between the urethral and vagi-
nal orifices
(B) vestibule on each side of the vaginal
orifice
(C) bulbs of the vestibule
(D) glans clitoris
(E) bulbourethral ducts
76. Which of the following structures is incised
during median episiotomy for childbirth?
(A) perineal body
(B) greater vestibular glands
(C) lesser vestibular glands
(D) clitoris
(E) urethra
77. Which of the following arteries is a direct con-
tinuation of the inferior mesenteric artery?
(A) superior rectal
(B) middle rectal
(C) inferior rectal
(D) iliolumbar
(E) lateral sacral
74 5: The Pelvis and Perineum
0523-05 Chap 5 07/15/02 15:33 Page 74
78. The superior gluteal artery leaves the pelvis
through which of the following openings?
(A) greater sciatic foramen
(B) lesser sciatic foramen
(C) obturator canal
(D) pudendal canal
(E) sacral foramina
79. Which of the following structures separates
the bladder from the pubic bones in females?
(A) rectouterine fold
(B) vesicouterine pouch
(C) trigone of the bladder
(D) median umbilical fold
(E) retropubic space
80. The membranous part of the male urethra is
located in which of the following structures?
(A) bladder
(B) prostate
(C) external urethral sphincter
(D) bulb of penis
(E) glans penis
81. The paraurethral glands are homologues to
which of the following structures?
(A) testes
(B) prostate
(C) seminal vesicles
(D) bulbourethral glands
(E) epididymis
82. Lithotripsy uses shock waves to break up which
of the following structures?
(A) blood clots
(B) foreign bodies
(C) small tumors
(D) urinary calculi
(E) abscesses
83. Which of the following areas contributes to the
major part of the prostate?
(A) anterior lobe
(B) isthmus
(C) posterior lobe
(D) lateral lobes
(E) middle lobe
84. The relationship (“water passing under the
bridge”) is an especially important one for sur-
geons ligating which of the following arteries?
(A) ovarian
(B) testicular
(C) uterine
(D) vaginal
(E) obturator
85. Immediately superior to the perineal membrane
is located which of the following muscles?
(A) obturator internus
(B) levator ani
(C) bulbocavernosus
(D) ischiocavernous
(E) deep transverse perineal
86. The navicular fossa is located in which of the
following structures?
(A) bulb of the penis
(B) prostate
(C) membranous urethra
(D) glans penis
(E) neck of bladder
87. All of the following nerves provide innerva-
tion to the scrotum EXCEPT
(A) obturator
(B) ilioinguinal
(C) genitofemoral
(D) pudendal
(E) posterior femoral cutaneous
88. All of the following structures surround the
corpora cavernosa and corpus spongiosum
EXCEPT
(A) loose areolar tissue
(B) deep fascia
(C) tunica albuginea
(D) skin
(E) tunica dartos
Questions: 67–88 75
0523-05 Chap 5 07/15/02 15:33 Page 75
89. Which of the following arteries gives rise to
the deferential artery?
(A) internal pudendal
(B) testicular
(C) inferior vesicle
(D) obturator
(E) umbilical
90. Which of the following structures is located at
the free anterior borders of the levator ani?
(A) coccygeus muscle
(B) piriformis muscle
(C) urogenital hiatus
(D) obturator internus muscle
(E) rectum
91. Which of the following structures form a
U-shaped sling around the anorectal junction?
(A) sacrospinous ligament
(B) anococcygeal ligament
(C) superficial transverse perineal muscle
(D) puborectalis muscle
(E) sacrotuberous ligament
92. Which of the following muscles is the larger
part and most important muscle in the pelvic
floor?
(A) coccygeus
(B) obturator internus
(C) piriformis
(D) deep transverse perineal muscle
(E) levator ani
93. Which of the following muscles passes through
the lesser sciatic foramen?
(A) obturator internus
(B) piriformis
(C) puborectalis
(D) pubococcygeus
(E) iliococcygeus
94. Which of the following muscles leaves the lesser
pelvis through the greater sciatic foramen?
(A) pubococcygeus
(B) iliococcygeus
(C) puborectalis
(D) piriformis
(E) coccygeus
95. The pelvic splanchnic nerves contain which of
the following?
(A) somatic afferents
(B) sympathetic fibers
(C) parasympathetic fibers
(D) special visceral efferents
(E) special somatic afferents
96. The internal iliac artery is crossed by which of
the following structures at the level of the 4th
intervertebral disc between L5 and S1?
(A) puborectalis muscle
(B) ureter
(C) obturator nerve
(D) umbilical artery
(E) tendinous arch of the levator ani
97. The superior end of the vagina surrounds
which of the following structures?
(A) round ligament
(B) urogenital hiatus
(C) urethra
(D) cervix
(E) neck of bladder
98. Which of the following nerves innervates the
lower one fourth of the vagina?
(A) pelvic splanchnics
(B) lumbar splanchnics
(C) pudendal
(D) superior hypogastric plexus
(E) inferior hypogastric plexus
99. Which of the following structures forms the
mesentery of the uterus?
(A) round ligament of the uterus
(B) mesosalpinx
(C) pelvic diaphragm
(D) endopelvic fascia
(E) mesometrium
76 5: The Pelvis and Perineum
0523-05 Chap 5 07/15/02 15:33 Page 76
100. The posterior part of the tendinous arch of
pelvic fascia forms which of the following
ligaments?
(A) puboprostatic
(B) pubovesicle
(C) transverse cervical
(D) sacrogenital
(E) sacrospinous
Questions: 89–115 77
DIRECTIONS (Questions 101 through 105): Identify
the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
DIRECTIONS (Questions 106 through 110): Identify
the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
DIRECTIONS (Questions 111 through 115): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
0523-05 Chap 5 07/15/02 15:33 Page 77
DIRECTIONS (Questions 121 through 125): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
DIRECTIONS (Questions 116 through 120): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
78 5: The Pelvis and Perineum
0523-05 Chap 5 07/15/02 15:33 Page 78
Answers and Explanations
1. (E) The superior boundary of the pelvic cavity
is the pelvic inlet. The pelvis is limited inferi-
orly by the pelvic outlet, which is closed by the
musculofascial pelvic diaphragm and bounded
posteriorly by the coccyx and anteriorly by the
pubic symphysis (Moore, p 333).
2. (D) The pelvic girdle is formed by the hip (is-
chium, pubis, and ilium) bones and the sac-
rum (Moore, p 333).
3. (B) The concavity between the ischial spine
and the ischial tuberosity is the lesser sciatic
notch. The larger concavity, the greater sciatic
notch, is superior to the ischial spine and is
formed in part by the ilium (Moore, p 334).
4. (C) The pubis is an angulated bone with a
superior ramus that helps to form the acetabu-
lum and an inferior ramus that helps to form
the obturator foramen. A thickening on the an-
terior part of the body of the pubis is the pubic
crest, which ends laterally as a prominent
bump, the pubic tubercle. The lateral part of the
superior ramus has an oblique ridge known as
the pecten pubis or pectineal line of the pubis
(Moore, p 335).
5. (A) The pelvic inlet is bounded by the superior
margin of the pubic symphysis anteriorly, pos-
terior border of the pubic crest, pecten pubis,
arcuate line of the ilium, anterior border of the
ala of the sacrum, and the sacral promontory
(Moore, p 336).
6. (B) When a person is in the anatomical posi-
tion, the anterior superior iliac spines and the
anterior aspect of the pubic symphysis lie in the
same vertical plane (Moore, p 337).
7. (A) Weak areas of the pelvis include the pubic
rami, acetabula, sacroiliac joint, and alae of the
ilium (Moore, p 338).
8. (C) The piriformis muscles cover the postero-
lateral wall of the pelvis. The pelvic floor is
formed by the funnel-shaped pelvic diaphragm,
which consists of the levator ani and coccygeus.
The levator ani includes the pubococcygeus,
puborectalis, and iliococcygeus (Moore, p 342).
9. (A) The bony framework of the lateral pelvic
walls is formed by the hip bones and the obtu-
rator foramen, which is closed by the obturator
membrane. The obturator internus muscles
cover and thus pad most of the lateral pelvic
walls (Moore, p 341).
10. (B) The two main nerves of the sacral plexus
include the sciatic and pudendal. The sciatic
nerve is the largest and broadest nerve in the
body. It is formed by the ventral rami of L4-S3,
which converge on the anterior surface of the
piriformis. The sciatic nerve usually passes
through the greater sciatic foramen, inferior
to the piriformis, to enter the gluteal region
(Moore, p 347).
11. (D) The pudendal nerve is derived from the
anterior divisions of the ventral rami of S2
through S4. It accompanies the internal puden-
dal artery and leaves the pelvis through the
greater sciatic foramen between the piriformis
and coccygeus muscles. It is the main nerve of
the perineum and the chief sensory nerve of the
external genitalia (Moore, p 347).
12. (C) The superior gluteal nerve arises from the
posterior divisions of the ventral rami of L4
79
0523-05 Chap 5 07/15/02 15:33 Page 79
through S1 and leaves the pelvis through the
greater sciatic foramen, superior to the piri-
formis (Moore, p 347).
13. (A) The sacral sympathetic trunks descend
posterior to the rectum in the extraperitoneal
connective tissue and send gray rami commu-
nicantes to each of the ventral rami of the sacral
and coccygeal nerves. Each of the sacral trunks
is smaller than the lumbar trunks and usually
has four sympathetic ganglia (Moore, p 350).
14. (D) The pelvic splanchnic nerves merge with
the hypogastric nerves to form the inferior
hypogastric (and pelvic) plexuses. (Moore,
p 350).
15. (E) Four main arteries enter the lesser or true
pelvis. The internal iliac and ovarian arteries
are paired, and the median sacral and superior
rectal arteries are unpaired. The testicular
artery does not enter the true pelvis, as it fol-
lows the testes through the inguinal canal into
the scrotum (Moore, p 350).
16. (D) The internal iliac artery is the artery of the
pelvis; however, it does supply branches to
the buttocks, thighs, and the perineum (Moore,
p 350).
17. (E) The superior gluteal and iliolumbar arter-
ies arise from the posterior division of the inter-
nal iliac arteries. The gonadal arteries arise
from the abdominal aorta and the superior rec-
tal arteries from the inferior mesenteric artery.
The umbilical, obturator, uterine, vaginal, inter-
nal pudendal, and inferior gluteal arteries arise
from the anterior division of the internal iliac
arteries (Moore, pp 354–355).
18. (C) The ureters are muscular tubes, 25 to 30 cm
long, that connect the kidneys to the urinary
bladder. They are retroperitoneal, with their
superior halves in the abdomen and their infe-
rior halves in the pelvis. The pelvic part of the
ureters begins where it crosses the bifurcation
of the common iliac artery (Moore, p 357).
19. (B) The uvula of the bladder is a slight projec-
tion of the trigone of the bladder. It is usually
more prominent in older men (Moore, p 362).
20. (A) Parasympathetic fibers to the bladder are
derived from the pelvic splanchnic nerves. They
are motor to the detrusor muscle and inhibitory
to the internal sphincter. Sympathetic fibers to
the bladder are derived from T11 through L2
(Moore, p 362).
21. (B) The prostatic urethra is the widest and most
dilatable part of the male urethra (Moore, p 363).
22. (C) The internal surface of the posterior wall of
the prostatic urethra has a median ridge known
as the urethral crest. A groove on each side,
known as the prostatic sinus, receives the pros-
tatic ductules. A rounded eminence located in
the middle of the median ridge is known as the
seminal colliculus. The prostatic utricle is an
embryonic remnant of the uterus and part of the
vagina. The ejaculatory ducts open beside the
prostatic utricle (Moore, p 364).
23. (A) The paraurethral glands are homologues
to the prostate. They have common paraure-
thral ducts, which open, one on each side, near
the external urethral orifice (Moore, p 364).
24. (A) The ductus deferens begins in the tail of the
epididymis and ascends in the spermatic cord.
It passes through the inguinal canal and enters
the pelvis. It ends by joining the duct of the
seminal vesicle to form the ejaculatory duct. It
descends medial to the ureter and seminal vesi-
cle (Moore, p 367).
25. (E) Ducts of the bulbourethral glands empty
into the urethra. The seminal vesicles are elon-
gated structures that lie between the fundus of
the bladder and the rectum, and they do not
store sperm. They secrete a thick, alkaline fluid
that mixes with the sperm as they pass into the
ejaculatory ducts to the urethra. The superior
ends of the seminal vesicles are covered with
peritoneum and lie posterior to the ureters,
where the rectovesical pouch separates them
from the rectum. The inferior ends of the semi-
nal vesicle are separated from the rectum by the
rectovesical septum (Moore, p 368).
26. (B) The posterior fornix is the deepest part of
the vagina and is closely related to the recto-
uterine pouch. The vaginal fornix is the recess
80 5: The Pelvis and Perineum
0523-05 Chap 5 07/15/02 15:33 Page 80
around the cervix and is described as having
anterior, posterior, and lateral parts (Moore,
pp 372–373).
27. (C) The uterus is a thick-walled, pear-shaped
muscular organ whose body lies between the
layers of the broad ligament. In the adult, the
uterus is usually anteverted and anteflexed; its
position changes with the degree of fullness of
the bladder and rectum (Moore, pp 373–374).
28. (E) Only the cylindrical, narrow inferior part of
the uterus known as the cervix protrudes into
the uppermost vagina (Moore, p 376).
29. (B) The rounded vaginal part of the cervix ex-
tends into the vagina and communicates with it
through the external os. The cervical canal is
broadest at its middle part and communicates
with the uterine cavity through the internal
os and with the vagina through the external
os (Moore, pp 376–377).
30. (D) Laterally, the peritoneum of the broad lig-
ament is prolonged superiorly over the vessels
as the suspensory ligament of the ovary. The
part of the broad ligament by which the ovary
is suspended is the mesovarium. The part of the
broad ligament forming the mesentery of the
uterine tube is the mesosalpinx. The major part
of the broad ligament, the mesentery of the ute-
rus, or mesometrium, is below the mesosalpinx
and mesovarium (Moore, p 381).
31. (B) The ampulla is the widest and longest part
of the uterine tubes. It begins at the medial end
of the infundibulum. Oocytes expelled from
the ovaries are usually fertilized in the ampulla
(Moore, p 383).
32. (C) The distal end of the ovary connects to the
lateral wall of the pelvis by the suspensory lig-
ament of the ovary. The ligament conveys the
ovarian vessels, lymphatics, and nerves to and
from the ovary and constitutes the lateral part
of the mesovarium of the broad ligament. The
ovary also attaches to the uterus by the liga-
ment of the ovary (Moore, p 384).
33. (C) The parasympathetic fibers in the ovarian
plexus are derived from the vagus nerve (Moore,
p 384).
34. (A) The rectosigmoid junction lies anterior to
the S3 vertebra (Moore, p 384).
35. (C) The osseofibrous structures marking the
boundaries of the perineum include the pubic
symphysis, inferior pubic rami, ischial rami,
ischial tuberosities, sacrotuberous ligaments,
inferiormost sacrum, and coccyx (Moore, p 389).
36. (A) A transverse line joining the anterior ends
of the ischial tuberosities divides the perineum
into two triangles. The anal triangle, containing
the anus, is posterior to this line. The urogen-
ital triangle, containing the root of the scro-
tum and penis in males and the external geni-
talia in females is anterior to this line (Moore,
pp 389–390).
37. (A) The bulbospongiosus, external anal sphinc-
ter, and superficial and deep transverse per-
ineal muscles converge at the site of the perineal
body (Moore, p 390).
38. (E) The following structures are found in the
superficial perineal space: the root of the penis
and its associated muscles, the ischiocavernous
and bulbospongiosus. The proximal part of
the spongy urethra, superficial transverse per-
ineal muscles, internal pudendal vessels, and
branches of the pudendal nerve are also located
in the superficial perineal space (Moore, p 394).
39. (E) In females, the deep perineal pouch con-
tains the proximal part of the urethra, the
external urethral sphincter muscle, the deep
transverse perineal muscles, and related ves-
sels and nerves (Moore, p 394).
40. (C) The pudendal canal is a space within the
obturator fascia, which covers the medial aspect
of the obturator internus and lines the lateral
wall of the ischioanal fossa (Moore, p 395).
41. (E) The pudendal nerve supplies most of the
innervation to the perineum. Toward the distal
end of the pudendal canal, the pudendal nerve
Answers and Explanations: 13–41 81
0523-05 Chap 5 07/15/02 15:33 Page 81
splits, giving rise to the perineal nerves and
continuing as the dorsal nerve of the penis or
clitoris (Moore, p 395).
42. (C) The superior half of the anal canal con-
tains mucous membrane that is characterized
by a series of longitudinal ridges called anal
columns. These columns contain the terminal
branches of the superior rectal artery and vein
(Moore, p 395).
43. (D) The pectinate line indicates the junction of
the superior part of the anal canal and the infe-
rior part. The anal canal superior to the pecti-
nate line differs from the part inferior to the
pectinate line in its arterial supply, innervation,
and venous and lymphatic drainage. The supe-
rior rectal artery supplies the superior part of
the anal canal and the inferior rectal arteries
supply the inferior part. Superior to the pecti-
nate line, the internal rectal venous plexus
drains chiefly into the superior rectal vein—a
tributary of the inferior mesenteric vein and the
portal system. Inferior to the pectinate line the
internal rectal plexus drains into the inferior
rectal veins—tributaries to the caval venous sys-
tem. Superior to the pectinate line, the lymphat-
ics drain into the internal iliac lymph nodes into
the common iliac and lumbar nodes. Inferior to
the pectinate line, the lymphatics drain into the
superficial inguinal lymph nodes. Superior to
the pectinate line, the innervation is visceral;
inferior to the pectinate line, the innervation is
somatic (Moore, pp 398–400).
44. (A) The lumen of the spongy urethra is approx-
imately 5 mm in diameter and expanded in the
bulb of the penis to form the intrabulbar fossa
and in the glans penis to form the fossa navicu-
laris (Moore, p 403).
45. (E) The anterior aspect of the scrotum is sup-
plied by anterior scrotal nerves derived from
the ilioinguinal nerve and by the genital branch
of the genitofemoral nerve. The posterior as-
pect of the scrotum is supplied by posterior
scrotal nerves, branches of the superficial per-
ineal nerves, and the perineal branch of the pos-
terior femoral cutaneous nerve (Moore, p 405).
46. (D) The arterial supply of the penis is mainly
from the branches of the internal pudendal
arteries. The deep arteries of the penis are the
main vessels supplying the cavernous spaces
in the erectile tissue of the corpora cavernosa
and are therefore involved in the erection of
the penis. The deep arteries pierce the crura
and run within the corpora cavernosa (Moore,
p 410).
47. (D) The ischiocavernous muscles surround the
crura in the root of the penis. Each muscle arises
from the internal surface of the ischial tuberos-
ity and ischial ramus and passes anteriorly on
the crus of the penis, where it is inserted into
the sides and ventral surface of the crus and
the perineal membrane. The ischiocavernous
muscles force blood from the cavernous spaces
in the crura into the distal parts of the corpora
cavernosa, thus increasing the turgidity of the
penis (Moore, p 409).
48. (E) The vestibule is the space between the labia
minora containing the openings of the urethra,
vagina, and ducts of the greater and lesser
vestibular glands. The greater vestibular glands
are round or oval and are partly overlapped
posteriorly by bulbs of the vestibule and, like
the bulbs, are partially surrounded by the bul-
bospongiosus muscles (Moore, p 413).
49. (A) The labia minora are folds of fat-free, hair-
less skin. They are enclosed in the pudendal
cleft within the labia majora, immediately sur-
rounding the vestibule of the vagina. They have
a core of spongy connective tissue containing
erectile tissue and many small blood vessels
(Moore, p 413).
50. (B) Parasympathetic stimulation in the female
produces an increase in vaginal secretions, erec-
tion of the clitoris, and engorgement of erectile
tissue in the bulbs of the vestibule (Moore, p 415).
51. (B) Except for the most cranial portion, the
appendix epididymis, the mesonephric ducts
persist and form the main genital ducts. Imme-
diately below the entrance of the efferent duc-
tules, the mesonephric ducts elongate and
become highly convoluted, forming the ductus
82 5: The Pelvis and Perineum
0523-05 Chap 5 07/15/02 15:33 Page 82
epididymis. From the tail of the epididymis
to the outbudding of the seminal vesicle, the
mesonephric ducts obtain a thick muscular coat
and form the ductus deferens. The region of
the ducts beyond the seminal vesicles is the
ejaculatory duct. Except for a small portion at
their cranial ends, the appendix testis, the para-
mesonephric ducts in the male degenerate
(Sadler, p 326).
52. (C) The only parts remaining from the meso-
nephric system are the epoöphoron, paro-
öphoron, and Gartner’s cyst (Sadler, p 325).
53. (A) The winglike expansions of the vagina
around the end of the uterus, the vaginal for-
nices, are of paramesonephric origin (Sadler,
p 329).
54. (D) The rapid elongation of the genital tuber-
cle in the male gives rise to the phallus (Sadler,
p 331).
55. (E) The genital swellings, known in the male
as the scrotal swellings, arise in the inguinal
region. With further development, they move
caudally, and each swelling then makes up half
of the scrotum (Sadler, p 332).
56. (E) In females, the genital tubercle elongates
only slightly and forms the clitoris (Sadler,
p 335).
57. (D) The urethral folds do not fuse, as in the
male, but develop into the labia minora (Sadler,
p 336).
58. (D) Descent of the gonads is considerably less
in the female than in the male, and the ovaries
finally settle just below the rim of the true pel-
vis. The cranial genital ligament forms the sus-
pensory ligament of the ovary, whereas the
caudal genital ligament forms the ligament of
the ovary proper and the round ligament of the
uterus. The latter extends into the labia majora
(Sadler, p 342).
59. (C) Android and anthropoid pelves are com-
mon in males. The platypelloid pelvis is un-
common in both males and females. The gyne-
coid pelvis is the normal female type of pelvis
(Moore, p 337).
60. (A) Persons with spondylolysis have a defect
in the vertebral arch. When this is bilateral, it
results in the L5 vertebra being divided into
two pieces. If the parts separate, the abnor-
mality is spondylolisthesis, which is anterior
displacement of the body of the L5 vertebra on
the sacrum (Moore, p 339).
61. (E) The bladder is relatively free within the
extraperitoneal subcutaneous fatty tissue ex-
cept for its neck, which is held firmly by the
puboprostatic ligaments in males and the pubo-
vesical ligaments in females (Moore, p 359).
62. (C) The median umbilical ligament is formed
by the remnant of the urachus (Moore, p 361).
63. (C) The inferior ends of the seminal vesicles
are closely related to the rectum and are sepa-
rated from it only by the rectovesical septum,
a membranous partition (Moore, p 368).
64. (C) The prostate is the largest accessory gland
of the male reproductive system (Moore, p 369).
65. (E) The pubovaginalis, external urethral
sphincter, urethrovaginal sphincter, and bul-
bospongiosus compress the vagina and act like
sphincters (Moore, p 372).
66. (A) The part of the broad ligament forming
the mesentery of the uterine tube is the meso-
salpinx (Moore, p 377).
67. (C) The ovarian arteries arise from the abdom-
inal aorta (Moore, p 384).
68. (E) The dilated terminal part of the rectum,
lying directly above and supported by the pel-
vic diaphragm (levator ani) and anococcygeal
ligament is the ampulla of the rectum (Moore,
p 385).
69. (B) In males the rectum is related anteriorly
to the fundus of the urinary bladder, terminal
parts of the ureters, ductus deferens, seminal
vesicles, and prostate (Moore, p 385).
Answers and Explanations: 42–69 83
0523-05 Chap 5 07/15/02 15:33 Page 83
70. (B) Some obstetricians apply the term per-
ineumto a more restricted region that includes
the area between the vagina and anus (Moore,
p 389).
71. (D) Distally the corpus spongiosum expands
to form the conical glans penis (Moore, p 407).
72. (C) The deep arteries of the penis are the main
vessels supplying the cavernous spaces in the
erectile tissue of the corpora cavernosa and are
therefore involved in the erection of the penis.
They give off numerous branches that open
directly into the cavernous spaces. When the
penis is flaccid, these arteries are coiled and
therefore are called helicine arteries (Moore,
p 410).
73. (E) The synonymous terms vulva and puden-
duminclude the clitoris, vestibule of the vagina,
bulbs of vestibule, and greater vestibular gland
(Moore, p 413).
74. (B) In young women, especially virgins, the
labia minora are connected by a small fold
known as the frenulum of the labia minora or
the fourchette (Moore, p 413).
75. (A) The slender ducts of the greater vestibular
glands pass deep to the bulbs of the vestibule
and open into the vestibule on each side of the
vaginal orifice. The lesser vestibular glands are
small glands on each side of the vestibule that
open into it between the urethral and vaginal
orifices (Moore, p 414).
76. (A) The perineal body is the major structure
incised during median episiotomy for child-
birth (Moore, p 391).
77. (A) The superior rectal artery is the direct
continuation of the inferior mesenteric artery.
The superior rectal artery anastomoses with
branches of the middle rectal artery (a branch of
the internal iliac artery) and with the inferior
rectal artery (a branch of the internal pudendal
artery) (Moore, p 355).
78. (B) The superior gluteal artery leaves the
pelvis through the superior part of the greater
sciatic foramen, superior to the piriformis mus-
cle, to supply the gluteal muscles in the but-
tocks (Moore, p 355).
79. (E) When empty, the adult male or female uri-
nary bladder is in the lesser pelvis, lying pos-
terior and slightly superior to the pubic bones.
It is separated from these bones by the poten-
tial retropubic space and lies inferior to the
peritoneum, where it rests on the pelvic floor
(Moore, p 359).
80. (C) The intermediate part of the urethra (mem-
branous part) is the section passing through the
external urethral sphincter and the perineal
membrane. The short intermediate part, extend-
ing from the prostatic urethra to the spongy ure-
thra, is the narrowest and least distensible part
of the urethra (Moore, p 364).
81. (B) Urethral glands are present particularly
in the superior part of the female urethra. The
paraurethral glands are homologues to the
prostate (Moore, p 364).
82. (D) Lithotripsy uses shock waves to break up
a stone into small fragments that can be passed
in the urine (Moore, p 358).
83. (D) The lateral lobes on either side of the ure-
thra form the major part of the prostate (Moore,
p 369).
84. (C) In its uppermost portion, at the base of the
peritoneal broad ligament, the uterine artery
runs transversely toward the cervix while the
ureters pass immediately beneath them as they
pass on each side of the cervix toward the blad-
der. This relationship (“water passing under
the bridge”) is an especially important one for
surgeons ligating the uterine artery, as in a hys-
terectomy (Moore, p 380).
85. (E) Immediately superior to the perineal mem-
brane is the deep transverse perineal muscle
(Moore, p 390).
86. (D) The lumen of the spongy urethra is approx-
imately 5 mm in diameter: however, it is ex-
panded in the bulb of the penis to form the
84 5: The Pelvis and Perineum
0523-05 Chap 5 07/15/02 15:33 Page 84
intrabulbar fossa and in the glans penis to form
the navicular fossa (Moore, p 403).
87. (A) The anterior aspect of the scrotum is sup-
plied by anterior scrotal nerves derived from
the ilioinguinal and the genital branch of the
genitofemoral nerve. The posterior aspect of
the scrotum is supplied by posterior scrotal
nerves, provided by perineal branches of the
pudendal and perineal branches of the poste-
rior femoral cutaneous nerve (Moore, p 405).
88. (E) The penis is composed of three cylindrical
bodies of erectile cavernous tissue enclosed by
a fibrous capsule, the tunica albuginea. Super-
ficial to the capsule is the deep fascia of the
penis (Buck’s fascia). Superficial to the deep
fascia is the loose areolar tissue, which lies just
beneath the skin of the penis. The tunica dar-
tos is located in the scrotum (Moore, p 406).
89. (C) The tiny deferential artery usually arises
from the inferior vesical artery and terminates
by anastomosing with the testicular artery,
posterior to the testis (Moore, p 367).
90. (C) The free anterior borders of the levator ani
are separated by a gap, the urogenital hiatus,
through which the urethra (and, in the female,
the vagina) passes (Moore, p 357).
91. (D) The puborectalis muscle unites with its
partner to from a U-shaped sling around the
anorectal junction. The puborectalis is respon-
sible for the anorectal angle (perineal flexure),
which is important in maintaining fecal conti-
nence (Moore, p 345).
92. (E) The levator ani, a broad muscular sheet, is
the largest and most important muscle in the
pelvic floor (Moore, p 341).
93. (A) Each obturator internus passes posteriorly
from the lesser pelvis through the lesser sciatic
foramen and turns sharply laterally to attach
to the greater trochanter of the femur (Moore,
p 341).
94. (D) The piriformis muscle leaves the lesser
pelvis through the greater sciatic foramen to
attach to the upper border of the greater tro-
chanter of the femur (Moore, p 341).
95. (C) The pelvic splanchnic nerves contain para-
sympathetic fibers derived from S2, S3, and S4
spinal cord segments and visceral afferent
fibers from cell bodies in the spinal ganglia of
the corresponding spinal nerves (Moore, p 350).
96. (B) The internal iliac artery begins at the level
of the fourth disc between L5 and S1 vertebrae,
where it is crossed by the ureter. It is separated
from the sacroiliac joint by the internal iliac
vein and the lumbosacral trunk (Moore, p 350).
97. (D) The superior end of the vagina surrounds
the cervix; the lower end passes anteroinfe-
riorly through the pelvic floor to open in the
vestibule (Moore, p 371).
98. (C) Only the lower one-fifth to one-fourth of
the vagina is somatic in terms of innervation.
The innervation of this part of the vagina is
from the deep perineal branch of the pudendal
nerve (Moore, p 373).
99. (E) The major part of the broad ligament, the
mesentery of the uterus or mesometrium,
is below the mesosalpinx and mesovarium
(Moore, p 377).
100. (D) The anterior part of the tendinous arch of
pelvic fascia forms the puboprostatic ligament
in males or the pubovesical ligament in females.
The posterior part of the tendinous arch of pel-
vic fascia forms the sacrogenital ligaments from
the sacrum around the side of the rectum to
attach to the prostate in the male or the vagina
in the female (Moore, p 380).
101. pubic symphysis
102. inferior pubic ramus
103. ischial tuberosity
104. sacrotuberous ligament
105. coccyx
Answers and Explanations: 70–105 85
0523-05 Chap 5 07/15/02 15:33 Page 85
106. bulbocavernosus
107. ischiocavernous
108. superficial transverse perineal muscle
109. anal sphincter
110. levator ani
111. rectouterine pouch
112. uterine tube
113. fundus of uterus
114. apex of bladder
115. pubic symphysis
116. bulb of vestibule
117. prepuce of clitoris
118. perineal branches of pudendal nerve
119. inferior rectal nerve
120. inferior cluneal nerve
121. fundus of bladder
122. prostate gland
123. seminal vesicle
124. rectovesical pouch
125. corpora cavernosa
86 5: The Pelvis and Perineum
0523-05 Chap 5 07/15/02 15:33 Page 86
87
DIRECTIONS (Questions 1 through 100): Each of the
numbered items or incomplete statements in this
section is followed by answers or by completions of
the statement. Select the ONE lettered answer or
completion that is BEST in each case.
1. All of the following statements concerning the
femur are correct EXCEPT
(A) It is the longest bone in the body.
(B) It is the heaviest bone in the body.
(C) Its length is approximately a quarter of
the person’s height.
(D) The distal end of the femur undergoes
ossification just before birth.
(E) Its average adult length is 36 inches.
2. The adductor tubercle is located on which of
the following bones?
(A) femur
(B) tibia
(C) fibula
(D) ischium
(E) ilium
3. The margin of the acetabulum is deficient infe-
riorly at which of the following structures?
(A) ischial tuberosity
(B) obturator foramen
(C) linea aspera
(D) acetabular notch
(E) ischial spine
4. A deficiency in the smooth articular surface of
the acetabulum is known as which of the fol-
lowing?
CHAPTER 6
The Lower Limb
Questions
(A) pecten pubis
(B) pubic crest
(C) lunate surface
(D) ala
(E) ramus
5. A fracture of which of the following bones is
among the most troublesome and problematic
of all fractures?
(A) tibia
(B) fibula
(C) patella
(D) femoral neck
(E) medial malleolus
6. When it is said that an elderly person has a
“broken hip,” the usual injury is a fracture of
which of the following structures?
(A) acetabulum
(B) neck of the femur
(C) pelvic rami
(D) ischial tuberosity
(E) ilium
7. The medial and lateral malleoli articulate with
which of the following bones?
(A) femur
(B) calcaneus
(C) talus
(D) cuboid
(E) fibula
87
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 87
8. Which of the following bones is the most com-
mon site for a compound fracture?
(A) femur
(B) tibia
(C) fibula
(D) ilium
(E) ischium
9. Which of the following bones is the largest and
strongest bone of the foot?
(A) talus
(B) calcaneus
(C) cuboid
(D) navicular
(E) lateral cuneiform
10. The sustentaculum tali projects from the supe-
rior surface of which of the following bones?
(A) intermediate cuneiform
(B) talus
(C) cuboid
(D) navicular
(E) calcaneus
11. Which of the following bones articulates with
the fibula, tibia, calcaneus, and navicular?
(A) talus
(B) lateral cuneiform
(C) intermediate cuneiform
(D) medial cuneiform
(E) cuboid
12. Which of the following statements applies to
the 2nd metatarsal bone?
(A) It is the shortest.
(B) It is the strongest.
(C) It is the longest.
(D) Its base has a large tuberosity.
(E) Its base articulates with the navicular
bone.
13. The deep fascia of the thigh is known as which
of the following?
(A) Scarpa’s fascia
(B) Colles’ fascia
(C) crural fascia
(D) fascia lata
(E) plantar fascia
14. Which of the following structures covers the
saphenous opening in the fascia lata?
(A) lateral intermuscular septum
(B) medial intermuscular septum
(C) crural fascia
(D) cribriform fascia
(E) iliotibial tract
15. Which of the following structures passes
through the saphenous opening?
(A) femoral artery
(B) femoral vein
(C) femoral nerve
(D) obturator nerve
(E) great saphenous vein
16. The small saphenous vein empties into which
of the following veins?
(A) femoral
(B) tibial
(C) peroneal
(D) popliteal
(E) great saphenous
17. Which of the following statements correctly
applies to the iliopsoas muscle?
(A) It is a flat quadrangular muscle.
(B) It is the chief flexor of the thigh.
(C) It is enclosed between two layers of
fascia lata.
(D) It inserts into the iliotibial tract.
(E) It is located in the posterior compart-
ment of the thigh.
18. All of the following statements concerning the
sartorius muscle are correct EXCEPT
(A) It is known as the “tailor’s muscle.”
(B) It is the longest muscle in the body.
(C) It acts across two joints.
(D) It extends the hip.
88 6: The Lower Limb
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 88
(E) It is located in the anterior compartment
of the thigh.
19. All of the following statements concerning the
quadriceps femoris are correct EXCEPT
(A) Collectively constitutes the largest and
most powerful muscle group in the
body.
(B) It is the great extensor of the thigh.
(C) It inserts onto the tibia.
(D) It forms the main bulk of the anterior
thigh muscles.
(E) The patella provides additional leverage
for the quadriceps.
20. Which of the following statements concerning
the components of the quadriceps femoris is
correct?
(A) The rectus femoris is considered the
“kicking muscle.”
(B) The vastus lateralis is the smallest com-
ponent of the quadriceps.
(C) The articularis genus is a derivative of
the vastus lateralis.
(D) The rectus femoris lies deep to the vastus
intermedius.
(E) The vastus intermedius is the chief flexor
of the thigh.
21. Which of the following statements concerning
the gracilis muscle is correct?
(A) It passes through the lesser sciatic
foramen.
(B) It crosses the knee joint.
(C) It lies deep to the pectineus and adductor
longus muscles.
(D) It is located in the anterior compartment
of the thigh.
(E) It is a short, fan-shaped muscle.
22. All of the following statements concerning the
adductor magnus are correct EXCEPT
(A) It is the largest muscle in the adductor
group.
(B) It is located in the posterior compart-
ment of the thigh.
(C) It has adductor and hamstring parts.
(D) It is a composite, triangular muscle with
two parts that differ in nerve supply.
(E) Its main action is to adduct the thigh.
23. Which of the following statements correctly
applies to the adductor hiatus?
(A) It is an opening in the aponeurotic distal
attachment of the adductor longus.
(B) It transmits the femoral nerve, artery and
vein.
(C) The opening is located just inferior to the
adductor tubercle of the femur.
(D) It extends from the adductor canal in the
thigh to the popliteal fossa.
(E) The great saphenous vein passes
through the adductor hiatus.
24. All of the following statements concerning the
femoral triangle are correct EXCEPT
(A) Its superior border is the inguinal
ligament.
(B) Its lateral border is the sartorius.
(C) It is bisected by the femoral artery and
vein.
(D) The saphenous nerve passes through the
femoral triangle.
(E) Its medial border is the adductor
magnus.
25. All of the following statements concerning the
femoral sheath are correct EXCEPT
(A) It extends 3 to 4 cm inferior the inguinal
ligament.
(B) It is formed by an inferior prolongation
of transversalis and iliopsoas fascia.
(C) It encloses the femoral nerve.
(D) Its medial wall is pierced by the great
saphenous vein and lymphatic vessels.
(E) It ends by becoming continuous with the
adventitia of the femoral vessels.
Questions: 8–25 89
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 89
26. All of the following statements concerning the
femoral canal are correct EXCEPT
(A) It contains the femoral nerve.
(B) It is the medial compartment of the
femoral sheath.
(C) It allows the femoral vein to expand
when venous return from the lower limb
is increased.
(D) It extends distally to the level of the
proximal edge of the saphenous
opening.
(E) It contains loose connective tissue, fat, a
few lymphatic vessels, and sometimes a
deep inguinal lymph node (Cloquet’s
node).
27. All of the following statements concerning the
femoral ring are correct EXCEPT
(A) The lacunar ligament forms its medial
boundary.
(B) The anterior boundary is formed by the
inguinal ligament.
(C) The femoral artery forms its lateral
boundary.
(D) Its proximal end is closed by extraperi-
toneal fatty tissue that forms the femoral
septum.
(E) It lies anterior to the pectineus muscle.
28. Which of the following statements concerning
the femoral artery is correct?
(A) It enters the femoral canal.
(B) It enters the adductor canal.
(C) It passes dorsal to the inguinal ligament.
(D) It gives rise to the inferior epigastric
artery.
(E) It passes through the obturator canal.
29. Which of the following statements concerning
the deep artery of the thigh is correct?
(A) It is the largest branch of the femoral
artery.
(B) It passes through the adductor canal.
(C) It gives rise to the deep circumflex iliac
branch.
(D) It exits the adductor canal through the
adductor hiatus.
(E) It passes through the obturator foramen.
30. Which of the following arteries supplies most
of the blood to the head and neck of the femur?
(A) medial circumflex femoral
(B) obturator
(C) lateral circumflex femoral
(D) external pudendal
(E) deep circumflex iliac
31. All of the following statements concerning the
adductor canal are correct EXCEPT
(A) It is approximately 15 cm long.
(B) It extends from the apex of the femoral
triangle to the adductor hiatus.
(C) It contains the saphenous nerve.
(D) Is is bounded posteriorly by the sartorius
muscle.
(E) It contains the femoral artery and vein.
32. Which of the following statements concerning
the lesser sciatic foramen is correct?
(A) It is the passageway for structures enter-
ing or leaving the pelvis.
(B) It is the passageway for structures enter-
ing or leaving the perineum.
(C) All lower limb arteries and nerves leave
the pelvis through this foramen.
(D) The femoral nerve passes through the
lesser sciatic foramen.
(E) The obturator nerve enters the adduc-
tor compartment via the lesser sciatic
foramen.
33. All of the following structures pass through
the greater sciatic foramen EXCEPT
(A) piriformis muscle
(B) sciatic nerve
(C) superior gluteal vessels
(D) inferior gluteal vessels
(E) pudendal nerve
34. All of the following statements concerning the
gluteus maximus are correct EXCEPT
90 6: The Lower Limb
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 90
(A) It is used very little during casual
walking.
(B) It assists in making the knee stable.
(C) It is used very little in climbing upstairs.
(D) It is used in running.
(E) It is used when rising from the sitting
position.
35. The ischial bursa separates the inferior part of
which of the following muscles from the ischial
tuberosity?
(A) gluteus maximus
(B) gluteus minimus
(C) gluteus medius
(D) piriformis
(E) obturator internus
36. All of the following statements concerning
the gluteus medius and minimus are correct
EXCEPT
(A) They all have the same nerve supply.
(B) They have the same actions.
(C) They are supplied by the same blood
vessels.
(D) They abduct the thigh and rotate it
laterally.
(E) They are largely responsible for prevent-
ing sagging of the unsupported side of
the pelvis during walking.
37. The positive Trendelenburg sign is associated
with injuries to which of the following?
(A) quadriceps femoris
(B) adductor muscles
(C) abductors of the thigh
(D) hamstring muscles
(E) piriformis muscle
38. Which of the following muscles is part of the
triceps coxae?
(A) obturator externus
(B) gemelli muscles
(C) piriformis
(D) gluteus medius
(E) quadratus femoris
39. All of the following muscles are lateral rota-
tors of the thigh EXCEPT
(A) quadratus femoris
(B) obturator internus
(C) obturator externus
(D) gluteus medius
(E) inferior gemellus
40. All of the following statements concerning the
inferior clunial nerves are correct EXCEPT
(A) They are gluteal branches of the poste-
rior cutaneous nerve of the thigh.
(B) These nerves curl around the inferior
border of the gluteus maximus.
(C) They are derivatives of the sacral plexus
S1–S3.
(D) They supply the inferior half of the
buttock.
(E) They are dorsal primary rami.
41. All of the following nerves are ventral primary
rami EXCEPT
(A) posterior cutaneous nerve of the thigh
(B) inferior gluteal
(C) pudendal
(D) sciatic
(E) superior cluneal
42. All of the following statements concerning the
sciatic nerve are correct EXCEPT
(A) It is the largest nerve in the body.
(B) It is really two nerves.
(C) It supplies all leg and foot muscles.
(D) It receives its blood supply from the
superior gluteal nerve.
(E) It passes inferolaterally under cover of
the gluteus maximus, midway between
the greater trochanter and the ischial
tuberosity.
Questions: 26–42 91
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 91
43. The piriformis syndrome involves which of
the following nerves?
(A) sciatic
(B) obturator
(C) femoral
(D) ilioinguinal
(E) inferior gluteal
44. All of the following statements concerning the
internal pudendal artery are correct EXCEPT
(A) It does not supply any structures in the
gluteal region.
(B) It passes to the perineum with the
pudendal nerve.
(C) It supplies the external genitalia.
(D) It crosses the ischial tuberosity.
(E) It re-enters the pelvis through the lesser
sciatic foramen.
45. Which of the following muscles is located in
the posterior aspect of the thigh?
(A) semitendinosus
(B) gluteus maximus
(C) piriformis
(D) internal obturator
(E) superior gemellus
46. All of the following statements concerning the
hamstring muscles are correct EXCEPT
(A) They are extensors of the thigh.
(B) They are flexors of leg.
(C) A person with paralyzed hamstrings
tends to fall backwards.
(D) Most take origin from the ischial
tuberosity.
(E) Most are innervated by the tibial divi-
sion of the sciatic nerve.
47. The innervation for the short head of the biceps
is provided by which of the following nerves?
(A) obturator
(B) femoral
(C) tibial division of the sciatic
(D) fibular division of the sciatic
(E) sartorius
48. A line drawn from the anterior superior iliac
spine to the ischial tuberosity (Nelaton’s line),
passing over the lateral aspect of the hip,
normally passes over which of the following
structures?
(A) sciatic nerve
(B) ischial spine
(C) obturator canal
(D) pudendal nerve
(E) greater trochanter
49. All of the following statements concerning the
popliteal fossa are correct EXCEPT
(A) The biceps femoris forms the superolat-
eral border.
(B) The semimembranosus forms the super-
omedial border.
(C) It contains both the tibial and common
fibular nerves.
(D) The lateral and medial heads of the gas-
trocnemius form the inferolateral and
inferomedial borders.
(E) It contains the great saphenous vein.
50. The floor of the popliteal fossa includes which
of the following structures?
(A) oblique popliteal ligament
(B) patella
(C) lateral meniscus
(D) anterior cruciate ligament
(E) posterior cruciate ligament
51. The lateral sural nerve is a branch of which of
the following nerves?
(A) femoral
(B) common fibular
(C) tibial
(D) obturator
(E) posterior cutaneous nerve of the thigh
52. Which of the following muscles dorsiflexes the
ankle?
(A) extensor digitorum longus
(B) fibularis longus
(C) soleus
92 6: The Lower Limb
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 92
(D) plantaris
(E) gastrocnemius
53. Muscles that evert the foot include which of the
following muscles?
(A) gastrocnemius
(B) soleus
(C) tibialis posterior
(D) fibularis brevis
(E) flexor digitorum longus
54. All of the following statements correctly apply
to the inferior extensor retinaculum EXCEPT
(A) It passes from the fibula to the tibia prox-
imal to the malleoli.
(B) It is a Y-shaped band of deep fascia.
(C) It attaches laterally to the anterosuperior
surface of the calcaneus.
(D) It forms a strong loop around the ten-
dons of the fibularis tertius.
(E) It forms a strong loop around the ten-
dons of the extensor digitorum longus.
55. Which of the following muscles is the strongest
dorsiflexor and invertor of the foot?
(A) extensor digitorum longus
(B) tibialis anterior
(C) fibularis tertius
(D) extensor hallucis longus
(E) flexor hallucis longus
56. All of the following muscles are located in the
deep muscle group of the posterior compart-
ment EXCEPT
(A) flexor digitorum longus
(B) popliteus
(C) plantaris
(D) flexor hallucis longus
(E) tibialis posterior
57. Which of the following muscles is a flexor of
the knee joint?
(A) popliteus
(B) tibialis anterior
(C) fibularis longus
(D) extensor digitorum longus
(E) extensor hallucis longus
58. Which of the following muscles is the power-
ful “push-off” muscle?
(A) gastrocnemius
(B) soleus
(C) tibialis anterior
(D) flexor hallucis longus
(E) plantaris
59. Which of the following muscles contract to
assist the posterior cruciate ligament in pre-
venting anterior displacement of the femur on
the tibia?
(A) plantaris
(B) popliteus
(C) soleus
(D) gastrocnemius
(E) tibialis posterior
60. Which of following muscles is included in the
triceps surae?
(A) gastrocnemius
(B) tibialis anterior
(C) tibialis posterior
(D) popliteus
(E) fibularis brevis
61. The lateral compartment of the foot contains
which of the following muscles?
(A) abductor digiti minimi brevis
(B) flexor hallucis brevis
(C) quadratus plantae
(D) flexor hallucis longus
(E) abductor hallucis
62. The central compartment of the foot contains
all of the following muscles EXCEPT
(A) flexor digitorum brevis
(B) flexor digitorum longus
(C) quadratus plantae
(D) abductor hallucis
(E) lumbricals
Questions: 43–62 93
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 93
63. The medial plantar nerve is a terminal branch
of which of the following nerves?
(A) femoral
(B) tibial
(C) fibular
(D) obturator
(E) sural
64. All of the following statements concerning the
saphenous nerve are correct EXCEPT
(A) It is the largest cutaneous branch of the
femoral nerve.
(B) It passes anterior to the medial malleolus
to the dorsum of the foot.
(C) It supplies skin along the medial side of
the foot.
(D) It supplies skin on the anterior and
medial side of the leg.
(E) It innervates the muscles of the foot in
the medial compartment of the foot.
65. Which of the following ligaments prevents
hyperextension of the hip joint during stand-
ing?
(A) iliofemoral
(B) ischiofemoral
(C) pubofemoral
(D) ligament of head of femur
(E) transverse acetabular
66. A synovial protrusion beyond the free margin
of the fibrous capsule onto the posterior aspect
of the femoral neck forms a bursa for which of
these muscle tendons?
(A) piriformis
(B) obturator internus
(C) obturator externus
(D) superior gemellus
(E) quadratus femoris
67. All of the following statements concerning the
ligament of the head of the femur are correct
EXCEPT
(A) It is a weak ligament.
(B) It is of little importance in strengthening
the hip.
(C) It contains a small nerve.
(D) Usually it contains a small artery.
(E) Its wide end attaches to the margins of
the acetabular notch and the transverse
ligament.
68. Which of the following arteries provides the
main blood supply for the hip joint?
(A) obturator
(B) medial circumflex
(C) lateral circumflex
(D) common iliac
(E) internal iliac
69. Which of the following muscles is the most
important muscle in stabilizing the knee?
(A) biceps femoris
(B) adductor magnus
(C) obturator internus
(D) quadriceps femoris
(E) piriformis
70. Which of the following muscles passes out of
the knee joint to reach the tibia?
(A) plantaris
(B) popliteus
(C) sartorius
(D) gracilis
(E) tibialis anterior
71. All of the following statements concerning the
fibular collateral ligament are correct EXCEPT
(A) It splits the tendon of the biceps femoris.
(B) It is superficial to the tendon of the
popliteus.
(C) It is connected to the lateral meniscus.
(D) It is rounded and cordlike.
(E) It extends from the lateral epicondyle of
the femur to the head of the fibula.
72. Which of the following statements concerning
the tibial collateral ligament is correct?
(A) It is attached to the lateral meniscus.
(B) It is stronger than the fibular collateral
ligament.
94 6: The Lower Limb
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 94
(C) It is less frequently damaged than the
fibular collateral ligament.
(D) The tibial collateral ligament and medial
meniscus are commonly torn during
contact sports such as football.
(E) It is an expansion of the tendon of the
adductor magnus.
73. The oblique popliteal ligament is an expan-
sion of the tendon of which of the following
muscles?
(A) popliteus
(B) plantaris
(C) adductor magnus
(D) semimembranosus
(E) gastrocnemius
74. All of the following ligaments of the knee are
intra-articular EXCEPT
(A) anterior cruciate
(B) lateral meniscus
(C) patellar
(D) posterior cruciate
(E) medial meniscus
75. Which of the following statements concerning
the anterior cruciate ligament is correct?
(A) It is the stronger of the two cruciate liga-
ments.
(B) It has a relatively poor blood supply.
(C) It is the main stabilizing factor for the
femur when one is walking downhill.
(D) It tightens during flexion of the knee
joint, preventing anterior displacement
of the tibia on the femur.
(E) It attaches to the anterior part of the lat-
eral surface of the medial condyle of the
femur.
76. All of the following statements concerning the
menisci of the knee joint are correct EXCEPT
(A) They are thicker at their external
margins.
(B) They taper to thin, unattached edges in
the interior of the joint.
(C) They are wedge-shaped in transverse
section.
(D) Their external margins attach to the
fibrous capsule of the knee joint.
(E) The transverse ligament of the knee joins
the posterior edges of the menisci.
77. Which of the following statements correctly
applies to the lateral meniscus?
(A) It is larger and less movable than the
medial meniscus.
(B) It is in contact with the fibular collateral
ligament.
(C) It is attached to the posterior cruciate lig-
ament by the posterior meniscofemoral
ligament.
(D) It adheres to the deep surface of the tib-
ial collateral ligament.
(E) It acts like a shock absorber.
78. Which of the following genicular branches sup-
plies the cruciate ligaments?
(A) femoral
(B) popliteal
(C) anterior recurrent branches of the ante-
rior tibial recurrent
(D) circumflex fibular
(E) posterior recurrent branches of the ante-
rior tibial recurrent
79. Which of the following three ligaments are
damaged in the “unhappy triad” of knee in-
juries?
(A) ACL, tibial collateral, and medial
meniscus
(B) PCL, fibular collateral, and lateral
meniscus
(C) ACL, fibular collateral, and medial
meniscus
(D) PCL, tibial collateral, and lateral
meniscus
(E) ACL, tibial collateral, and lateral
meniscus
Questions: 63–79 95
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 95
80. Pain on lateral rotation of the tibia on the femur
indicates damage to which of the following
structures?
(A) anterior cruciate ligament
(B) posterior cruciate ligament
(C) lateral meniscus
(D) medial meniscus
(E) posterior meniscofemoral ligament
81. All of the following ligaments reinforce the
fibrous capsule on the medial side of the ankle
EXCEPT
(A) tibiocalcaneal
(B) posterior tibiotalar
(C) anterior tibiotalar
(D) tibionavicular
(E) calcaneofibular
82. Which of the following groups of muscles pro-
duce dorsiflexion of the ankle?
(A) anterior compartment of the leg
(B) posterior compartment of the leg
(C) medial compartment of the foot
(D) lateral compartment of the leg
(E) lateral compartment of the foot
83. All of the following statements concerning the
plantar calcaneonavicular ligament are correct
EXCEPT
(A) It extends from the sustentaculum tali to
the navicular.
(B) It is also known as the spring ligament.
(C) It lies deep to the plantar aponeurosis.
(D) It plays an important role in maintaining
the longitudinal arch of the foot.
(E) It forms a tunnel for the tendon of the
fibularis longus.
84. All of the following statements concerning the
medial longitudinal arch of the foot are correct
EXCEPT
(A) It is higher and more important than the
lateral longitudinal arch.
(B) It is composed of the calcaneus, talus,
navicular, cuneiforms, and three
metatarsals.
(C) The calcaneus is the keystone of this arch.
(D) The tibialis anterior helps strengthen this
arch.
(E) The fibularis longus tendon also supports
this arch.
85. Which of the following conditions is associ-
ated with lateral deviation of the great toe?
(A) hallux valgus
(B) hammer toe
(C) claw toe
(D) pes planus
(E) club foot
86. All of the following statements concerning the
transverse tarsal joint are correct EXCEPT
(A) It occurs where the talus rests on and
articulates with the calcaneus.
(B) It is formed by the combined talonavicu-
lar part of the talocalcaneonavicular and
calcaneocuboid joints.
(C) Transection across this joint is a standard
method for surgical amputation of the
foot.
(D) It is two separate joints aligned trans-
versely.
(E) Dorsiflexion and plantarflexion of the
foot are the main movements involving
this joint.
87. Which of the of the following areas is involved
in tibial nerve entrapment?
(A) medial malleolus to the calcaneus
(B) lateral malleolus to the navicular bone
(C) medial malleolus to the calcaneal tendon
(D) lateral malleolus to the fibularis brevis
(E) long plantar ligament to the tendon of
the fibularis longus
88. Which of the following major joints is the most
frequently injured?
(A) shoulder
(B) elbow
(C) hip
(D) knee
(E) ankle
96 6: The Lower Limb
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 96
89. Which of the following statements correctly
applies in Pott’s fracture-dislocation?
(A) The foot is forcibly dorsiflexed.
(B) The foot is forcibly plantar flexed.
(C) The foot is forcibly inverted.
(D) The foot is forcibly everted.
(E) The calcaneus is usually fractured.
90. The grip of the malleoli on the trochlea is
strongest during which of the following move-
ments of the ankle?
(A) plantarflexion
(B) dorsiflexion
(C) eversion
(D) inversion
(E) lateral rotation
91. Which of the following statements correctly
applies to genu valgum?
(A) The tibia is diverted medially.
(B) The tibia is diverted laterally.
(C) The medial side of the knee takes all the
pressure.
(D) This deformity causes wear and tear of
the medial meniscus.
(E) This deformity does not influence
weight distribution.
92. Which of the following knee support struc-
tures is considered to be the most important in
the stabilization of the joint?
(A) lateral and medial menisci
(B) anterior and posterior cruciate ligaments
(C) medial and lateral collateral ligaments
(D) fibrous capsule
(E) quadriceps femoris
93. Which of the following fractures is the most
troublesome and problematic?
(A) medial malleolus of tibia
(B) lateral malleolus of fibula
(C) sustentaculum of calcaneus
(D) femoral neck
(E) adductor tubercle
94. Which of the following muscles is the strongest
flexor of the hip joint?
(A) semitendinosus
(B) iliopsoas
(C) gluteus medius
(D) gracilis
(E) pectineus
95. All of the following muscles are lateral rota-
tors of the hip joint EXCEPT
(A) obturator externus
(B) superior gemellus
(C) piriformis
(D) gluteus minimus
(E) quadratus femoris
96. Which of the following arteries is usually eval-
uated during a physical examination of the
peripheral vascular system?
(A) lateral plantar
(B) dorsalis pedis
(C) popliteal
(D) fibular
(E) posterior tibial
97. The tendon of the biceps femoris and the neck
of the fibula may be used as a guide for locat-
ing which of the following nerves?
(A) saphenous
(B) sural
(C) common fibular
(D) medial plantar
(E) tibial
98. Which of the following muscle tendons is com-
monly removed for grafting without causing
disability?
(A) extensor hallucis brevis
(B) fibularis tertius
(C) plantaris
(D) flexor digitorum brevis
(E) tendons of the flexor digitorum longus
Questions: 80–98 97
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 97
99. Shin splints usually involve muscles in which
of the following compartments?
(A) anterior
(B) lateral
(C) posterior
(D) medial plantar
(E) lateral plantar
100. The strongest dorsiflexor of the foot is which
of the following muscles?
(A) fibularis tertius
(B) extensor digitorum longus
(C) tibialis anterior
(D) gastrocnemius
(E) extensor hallucis brevis
98 6: The Lower Limb
DIRECTIONS (Questions 101 through 105): Identify
the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
DIRECTIONS (Questions 106 through 110): Identify
the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 98
DIRECTIONS (Questions 111 through 115): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
Questions: 99–115 99
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 99
Answers and Explanations
1. (E) The femur is the longest and heaviest bone
in the body. In the average adult, its length
is approximately one-quarter of the person’s
height (108 cm or 18 in.). The distal end of the
femur undergoes ossification just before birth
(Moore, p 509).
2. (A) The medial surface of the medial condyle
has a large and prominent medial epicondyle,
superior to which is another elevation, the
adductor tubercle (Moore, p 509).
3. (D) The margin of the acetabulum is deficient
inferiorly at the acetabular notch, which makes
the fossa resemble a cup with a piece of its lip
missing (Moore, p 508).
4. (C) The acetabular notch and fossa comprise
a deficiency in the smooth articular lunate sur-
face of the acetabulum, which actually articu-
lates with the head of the femur (Moore, p 508).
5. (D) A fracture of the femoral neck is among the
most troublesome and problematic of all frac-
tures because of the instability of the fracture
site. Furthermore, the periosteum covering the
femoral neck is exceedingly thin and has ex-
tremely limited powers of osteogenesis (bone
formation). Because the retinacular arteries
arise from the medial circumflex femoral arter-
ies and run parallel to the femoral neck on their
way to supply the femoral head, they are vul-
nerable to injury when the neck of the femur
fractures. Rupture of these vessels cause de-
generation (necrosis) of the femoral head and
bleeding into the hip joint (Moore, p 511).
6. (B) Elderly people fracture the neck of the
femur and refer to the injury as a “broken hip”
(Moore, p 511).
7. (C) The lateral surface of the medial malleolus
articulates with the talus, and the lateral malle-
olus helps hold the talus in its socket (Moore,
p 513).
8. (B) The body of the tibia is the most common
site for a compound fracture—one in which the
skin is perforated and blood vessels are torn
(Moore, p 513).
9. (B) The calcaneus is the largest and strongest
bone in the foot. The calcaneus transmits most
of the body weight from the talus to the ground
(Moore, p 515).
10. (E) The shelf-like sustentaculum tali projects
from the superior border of the medial surface
of the calcaneus and supports the talar head
(Moore, p 515).
11. (A) The talus articulates with the fibula, cal-
caneus, navicular, and tibia (Moore, p 515).
12. (C) The 1st metatarsal is shorter and stouter
than the others. The 2nd metatarsal is the
longest. The bases of the metatarsals articulate
with the cuneiform and cuboid bones. The base
of the 5th metatarsal has a large tuberosity
(Moore, p 515).
13. (D) The deep fascia of the thigh is called fas-
cia lata and the deep fascia of the leg is called
100
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 100
crural fascia. Scarpa’s fascia is the membra-
nous fascia of the lower abdominal wall and
Colles’ fascia is located in the perineum (Moore,
p 522).
14. (C) The saphenous opening in the fascia lata
is a deficiency in the deep fascia lata inferior
to the medial part of the inguinal ligament,
approximately 4 cm inferolateral to the pubic
tubercle. The medial margin of the saphenous
opening is smooth, but its superior, lateral,
and inferior margins form a sharp crescentic
edge, the falciform margin. The sickle-shaped
margin of the saphenous opening is joined at
its medial margin by fibrofatty tissue—the
cribriform fascia (Moore, p 524).
15. (E) The great saphenous vein passes through
the saphenous opening and cribriform fascia
to enter the femoral vein. Some efferent lym-
phatic vessels from the superficial inguinal
lymph nodes also pass through the saphenous
opening and cribriform fascia to enter the deep
inguinal lymph nodes (Moore, p 524).
16. (D) The small saphenous vein ascends poste-
rior to the lateral malleolus and passes along
the lateral border of the calcaneal tendon. It
then ascends between the heads of the gastroc-
nemius muscle and empties into the popliteal
vein in the popliteal fossa (Moore, p 526).
17. (B) The iliopsoas is the chief flexor of the thigh,
and when the thigh is fixed, it flexes the trunk
on the hip. Its broad lateral part, the iliacus, and
its long medial part, the psoas major, arise from
the iliac fossa and lumbar vertebrae, respec-
tively. It is an anterior thigh muscle (Moore,
p 531).
18. (D) The sartorius is known as the “tailor’s
muscle.” It is the longest muscle in the body
and acts across two joints. It flexes the hip
joint and participates in flexion of the knee. It
is located in the anterior compartment of the
thigh (Moore, p 531).
19. (B) The quadriceps femoris forms the main
bulk of the anterior thigh muscles and collec-
tively constitutes the largest and one of the
most powerful muscles in the body. The qua-
driceps is the great extensor of the leg, and all
four of its parts combine to from a tendinous
attachment to the tibia. The patella also pro-
vides additional leverage for the quadriceps
(Moore, pp 532–534).
20. (A) The rectus femoris is considered to be the
“kicking muscle.” The vastus lateralis is the
largest component of the quadriceps. The vas-
tus intermedius lies deep to the rectus femoris,
and the articular muscle is considered to be a
derivative of the vastus intermedius (Moore,
p 534).
21. (B) The long, strap-like muscle lies along the
medial side of the thigh and knee. It is the only
muscle of the adductor group that crosses the
knee. It is the most superficial of the adduc-
tor group and is the weakest member (Moore,
p 538).
22. (B) The adductor magnus is the largest mus-
cle in the adductor group. It is located in the
medial compartment of the thigh. This large
adductor is a composite, triangular muscle that
has adductor and hamstring parts. The two
parts differ in their attachments, nerve supply,
and main actions (Moore, p 538).
23. (D) The adductor hiatus is an opening in the
aponeurotic distal attachment of the adductor
magnus. It transmits the femoral artery and
vein from the adductor canal in the thigh to the
popliteal fossa posterior to the knee. The open-
ing is just superior to the adductor tubercle of
the femur (Moore, p 541).
24. (E) The femoral triangle is bounded superi-
orly by the inguinal ligament, medially by the
adductor longus, and laterally by the sarto-
rius. The femoral triangle is bisected by the
femoral artery and vein, which leave and enter
the adductor canal at its apex. The saphenous
nerve descends through the femoral triangle
(Moore, p 541).
25. (C) The femoral sheath extends 3 to 4 cm in-
ferior to the inguinal ligament and encloses
proximal parts of the femoral vessel and the
Answers and Explanations: 1–25 101
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 101
femoral canal. The sheath is formed by an infe-
rior prolongation of transversalis and iliopsoas
fascia. The femoral sheath does not enclose the
femoral nerve. The sheath ends by becoming
continuous with the adventitia of the femoral
vessels (Moore, p 542).
26. (A) The medial compartment of the femoral
sheath is the femoral canal. It extends distally to
the level of the proximal edge of the saphenous
opening. It allows the femoral vein to expand
when venous return from the lower limb is in-
creased. It contains loose connective tissue, fat,
a few lymphatic vessels, and sometimes a deep
inguinal lymph node (Cloquet’s node) (Moore,
pp 542–543).
27. (C) The femoral ring is closed at the proxi-
mal end by extraperitoneal fatty tissue, which
forms the femoral septum. The boundaries of
the femoral ring include the partition between
the femoral canal and the femoral vein laterally.
Posteriorly, the superior ramus of the pubis is
covered by the pectineus muscle. Its medial
boundary is the lacunar ligament; anteriorly,
the boundary is the medial part of the inguinal
ligament (Moore, pp 543–545).
28. (B) The femoral artery is the chief artery of the
lower limb and is the continuation of the exter-
nal iliac artery. It bisects the femoral triangle at
its apex and enters the adductor canal deep to
the sartorius muscle (Moore, p 545).
29. (A) The deep artery of the thigh is the largest
branch of the femoral artery and the chief artery
of the thigh. It arises in the femoral triangle from
the lateral side of the femoral artery (Moore,
p 545).
30. (A) The medial circumflex femoral artery is
especially important because it supplies most
of the blood to the head and neck of the femur
(Moore, p 545).
31. (D) The adductor canal (Hunter’s canal) is
approximately 15 cm long and is a narrow fas-
cial tunnel in the thigh running from the apex
of the femoral triangle to the adductor hiatus in
the tendon of the adductor magnus. Located
deep or posterior to the middle third of the sar-
torius, the adductor canal provides an inter-
muscular passage through which the femoral
vessels pass to reach the popliteal fossa. The
contents of the adductor canal include the
femoral vessels, saphenous nerve, and nerve to
the vastus medialis (Moore, p 549).
32. (B) The greater sciatic foramen is the passage-
way for structures entering or leaving the pel-
vis, whereas the lesser sciatic foramen is the
passageway for structures entering or leaving
the perineum. The greater sciatic foramen is the
opening for all lower limb arteries and nerves
leaving the pelvis and entering the gluteal
region (Moore, p 550).
33. (E) The greater sciatic foramen is the passage-
way for the sciatic nerve, piriformis muscle,
and gluteal vessels. The pudendal nerve
enters the perineum through the lesser sciatic
foramen (Moore, p 553).
34. (C) The gluteus maximus is used when rising
from the sitting position or straightening from
the bending position. It is used in climbing
steps and running. It also assists in making the
knee stable. It is used very little during casual
walking and when one is standing motionless
(Moore, p 552).
35. (A) The ischial bursa separates the inferior
part of the gluteus maximus from the ischial
tuberosity, which is often absent (Moore, p 552).
36. (D) The gluteus medius and minimus have the
same actions and nerve supply and are sup-
plied by the superior gluteal arteries. Both mus-
cles abduct the thigh and rotate it medially.
They play an essential role during locomotion
and are largely responsible for preventing sag-
ging of the unsupported side of the pelvis dur-
ing walking (Moore, p 554).
37. (C) When the weight is on both feet, the pelvis
is evenly supported and does not sag. When the
weight is borne by one foot, the muscles on the
same side hold the pelvis so the pelvis will not
sag on the side of the raised foot. When the glu-
teus medius and minimus (abductors of the
102 6: The Lower Limb
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 102
thigh) are inactive owing to injury of the supe-
rior gluteal nerve, the supporting and steady-
ing action of these muscles is lost and the pel-
vis falls on the side of the raised limb. This is
referred to as a positive Trendelenburg sign
(Moore, p 555).
38. (B) The obturator internus and the superior
and inferior gemelli form a tricipital (three-
headed) muscle that is sometimes called the
triceps coxae (Moore, p 550).
39. (D) The gluteus maximus, piriformis, obtu-
rator internus and externus, and superior and
inferior gemelli are all lateral rotators of the
thigh. Both the gluteus medius and the glu-
teus minimus are medial rotators of the thigh
(Moore, p 551).
40. (E) The inferior clunial nerves are gluteal
branches of the posterior cutaneous nerve of
the thigh, a derivative of the sacral plexus (ven-
tral rami S1 through S3). These nerves curl
around the inferior border of the gluteus max-
imus and supply the inferior half of the buttock
(Moore, p 556).
41. (E) The superior cluneal nerves are dorsal
rami of L1–L3 and the middle cluneal nerves
are dorsal rami of S1–S3. The sciatic, puden-
dal, posterior cutaneous nerve of the thigh,
and the gluteal nerves are all ventral primary
rami (Moore, p 557).
42. (D) The sciatic nerve is the largest nerve in the
body. It is so large that it receives its own blood
supply from the inferior gluteal artery. It runs
inferolaterally under cover of the gluteus max-
imus, midway between the greater trochanter
and the ischial tuberosity. The sciatic nerve is
really two nerves, the tibial and common fibu-
lar (Moore, p 558).
43. (A) A pain in the buttock may result from com-
pression of the sciatic nerve by the piriformis
muscle (piriformis syndrome) (Moore, p 559).
44. (D) The internal pudendal artery leaves the
gluteal region immediately by crossing the is-
chial spine and re-entering the pelvis through
the lesser sciatic foramen. The artery passes to
the perineum with the pudendal nerve and
supplies the external genitalia and muscles in
the pelvic region. It does not supply any struc-
tures in the gluteal region (Moore, p 562).
45. (A) The three muscles in the posterior aspect
of the thigh are the hamstrings, which include
the semitendinosus, semimembranosus, and
biceps femoris (Moore, p 563).
46. (C) The hamstring muscles arise from the is-
chial tuberosity and are innervated by the tib-
ial division of the sciatic nerve. The short
head of the biceps does not meet these crite-
ria. The hamstrings are extensors of the thigh
and flexors of the leg. A person with paralyzed
hamstrings tends to fall forward because the
gluteus maximus muscles cannot maintain the
necessary muscle tone to stand straight (Moore,
p 563).
47. (D) The long head of the biceps femoris is
innervated by the tibial division of the sciatic
nerve and the short head of the biceps is inner-
vated by the fibular division of the sciatic nerve
(Moore, p 563).
48. (E) A line drawn from the anterior superior
iliac spine to the ischial tuberosity (Nélaton’s
line), passing over the lateral aspect of the hip
region, normally passes over or near the top of
the greater trochanter (Moore, p 567).
49. (E) The biceps femoris forms the superolat-
eral border and the semimembranosus muscle
forms the superomedial border. The medial and
lateral heads of the gastrocnemius form the
inferolateral and inferomedial borders. The
contents of the fossa include the small saphe-
nous vein, popliteal arteries and veins, and tib-
ial and common fibular nerves (Moore, p 571).
50. (A) The floor of the popliteal fossa is formed by
the popliteal surface of the femur, the oblique
popliteal ligament, and the popliteal fascia over
the popliteus (Moore, p 571).
51. (B) The medial sural nerve is derived from the
tibial nerve and the lateral sural nerve is
Answers and Explanations: 26–51 103
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 103
derived from the common fibular. The medial
and lateral sural nerves unite to form the sural
nerve (Moore, p 590).
52. (A) Dorsiflexors of the ankle include the tibialis
anterior, extensors digitorum longus, hallucis
longus, and fibularis tertius (Moore, p 577).
53. (D) Both the fibularis longus and brevis evert
the foot. The fibularis tertius also aids in ever-
sion of the foot (Moore, p 577).
54. (A) The superior extensor retinaculum is a
strong, broad band of deep fascia passing from
the fibula to the tibia, proximal to the malleoli.
The inferior extensor retinaculum is a Y-shaped
band of deep fascia that attaches laterally to
the anterosuperior surface of the calcaneus. It
forms a strong loop around the tendons of the
fibularis tertius and the extensor digitorum
longus muscle (Moore, p 579).
55. (B) The tibialis anterior is the strongest dorsi-
flexor and inverter of the foot (Moore, p 579).
56. (C) The plantaris is located in the superficial
group of muscles in the posterior compartment
(Moore, p 586).
57. (A) The popliteus is a flexor of the knee joint
(Moore, p 588).
58. (D) The flexor hallucis longus is the powerful
“push-off” muscle during walking, running,
and jumping (Moore, p 589).
59. (B) When a person is standing with the knee
partly flexed, the popliteus contracts to assist
the posterior cruciate ligament in preventing
anterior displacement of the femur on the tibia
(Moore, p 588).
60. (A) Together, the two-headed gastrocnemius
and soleus form the three-headed triceps surae
(Moore, p 586).
61. (A) The lateral compartment of the foot con-
tains the abductor and flexor digiti minimi bre-
vis (Moore, p 596).
62. (D) The central compartment of the foot con-
tains the flexor digitorum brevis, flexor digi-
torum longus, quadratus plantae, lumbricals,
proximal part of the tendon flexor hallucis
longus, and the lateral plantar nerve and ves-
sel (Moore, p 596).
63. (B) The medial plantar nerve, the larger of
the two terminal branches of the tibial nerve,
passes deep to the abductor hallucis and runs
anteriorly between the muscles and the flexor
digitorum brevis on the lateral side of the
medial plantar artery (Moore, p 601).
64. (E) The saphenous nerve is the largest cuta-
neous branch of the femoral nerve. In addition
to supplying the skin and fascia on the ante-
rior and medial sides of the leg, the saphenous
nerve passes anterior to the medial malleolus to
the dorsum of the foot, where it supplies skin
along the medial side of the foot as far as the
head of the 1st metatarsal (Moore, p 601).
65. (A) The fibrous capsule is reinforced anteriorly
by the strong, Y-shaped iliofemoral ligament
(of Bigelow) which attaches to the anterior infe-
rior iliac spine and the acetabular rim proxi-
mally and the intertrochanteric line distally.
The iliofemoral ligament prevents hyperexten-
sion of the hip during standing by screwing the
femoral head into the acetabulum (Moore, p 611).
66. (C) A synovial protrusion beyond the free
margin of the fibrous capsule onto the posterior
aspect of the femoral neck forms a bursa for the
obturator externus tendon (Moore, p 611).
67. (C) The ligament of the head of the femur is
weak and of little importance in strengthening
the hip joint. Its wide end attaches to the mar-
gins of the acetabular notch and the transverse
acetabular ligament. Its narrow end attaches
to the pit in the head of the femur. Usually the
ligament contains a small artery to the head of
the femur (Moore, p 611).
68. (B) The main blood supply of the hip joint is
from branches of the circumflex femoral arter-
ies (especially the medial circumflex femoral
artery) that travel in the retinacula (reflections
104 6: The Lower Limb
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 104
of the capsule along the neck of the femur to-
ward the head). These retinacular vessels may
be damaged in femoral neck fractures and re-
sult in avascular necrosis of the femoral head
(Moore, p 613).
69. (D) The most important muscle in stabilizing
the knee joint is the large quadriceps femoris,
particularly inferior fibers of the vastus medi-
alis and lateralis. The knee joint will function
surprisingly well following a ligament strain
if the quadriceps is well conditioned (Moore,
pp 617–618).
70. (B) The fibrous capsule of the knee is deficient
on the lateral condyle to allow the tendon of the
popliteus to pass out of the joint to attach to the
tibia (Moore, p 618).
71. (C) The fibular collateral ligament (lateral
collateral ligament), rounded and cordlike, is
strong. It extends inferiorly from the lateral epi-
condyle of the femur to the lateral surface of
the head of fibula. The tendon of the popliteus
passes deep to the fibular collateral ligament,
separating it from the lateral meniscus. The ten-
don of the biceps femoris is also split into two
parts by this ligament (Moore, p 619).
72. (D) The tibial collateral ligament (medial col-
lateral ligament) is a strong, flat band that ex-
tends from the medial epicondyle of the femur
to the medial surface of the tibia. At its mid-
point, the deep fibers of the tibial collateral lig-
ament are firmly attached to the medial me-
niscus. The tibial collateral ligament, weaker
than the fibular collateral ligament, is more
often damaged. As a result, the tibial collateral
ligament and medial meniscus are commonly
torn during contact sports such as football
(Moore, p 619).
73. (D) The oblique popliteal ligament is an expan-
sion of the tendon of the semimembranosus,
which strengthens the fibrous capsule posteri-
orly (Moore, p 619).
74. (C) The patellar ligament is extracapsular. The
cruciate ligaments and menisci are classified as
intra-articular and are found within the knee
joint. The popliteal tendon is also intra-articular
during part of its course (Moore, p 620).
75. (B) The anterior cruciate ligament (ACL), the
weaker of the two cruciate ligaments, arises
from the anterior intercondylar area of the tibia,
just posterior to the attachment of the medial
meniscus. It extends superiorly, posteriorly, and
laterally to attach to the posterior part of the
medial side of the lateral condyle of the femur.
The ACL has a relatively poor blood supply. It
is slack when the knee is flexed and taut when
it is fully extended, preventing posterior dis-
placement. (Moore, p 620).
76. (E) The menisci are thicker at their external
margins and taper to thin, unattached edges in
the interior of the joint. Wedge-shaped in trans-
verse section, the menisci are firmly attached at
their ends to the intercondylar area of the tibia.
Their external margins attach to the fibrous cap-
sule of the knee joint. The transverse ligament
of the knee, a slender, fibrous band, joins the
anterior edges of the menisci, allowing them to
move together during knee movements (Moore,
p 621).
77. (D) The lateral meniscus is nearly circular
and is smaller and more movable than the
medial meniscus. The tendon of the popliteus
separates the lateral meniscus from the fibular
collateral ligament. A strong tendinous slip,
the posterior meniscofemoral ligament, joins
the lateral meniscus to the posterior cruciate
ligament and the medial femoral condyle.
The lateral meniscus acts like a shock
absorber (Moore, p 621).
78. (B) The middle genicular branches of the pop-
liteal artery penetrate the fibrous capsule of the
knee joint and supply the cruciate ligaments,
synovial membrane, and peripheral margins of
the menisci (Moore, p 626).
79. (A) The ACL may tear when the tibial collateral
ligament ruptures. First, the tibial collateral lig-
ament ruptures, opening the joint on the medial
side and possibly tearing the medial meniscus
and ACL. This “unhappy triad of injuries” can
result from clipping in football (Moore, p 626).
Answers and Explanations: 52–79 105
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 105
80. (C) Pain on lateral rotation of the tibia on the
femur indicates injury of the lateral meniscus,
whereas pain on medial rotation of the tibia on
the femur indicates injury of the medial menis-
cus (Moore, p 628).
81. (E) The lateral ligament consists of the anterior
and posterior talofibular ligaments and the cal-
caneofibular ligament. The three discrete liga-
ments are collectively referred to as the lateral
ligament. The fibrous capsule is reinforced
medially by the large, strong medial ligament
(deltoid ligament), which attaches proximally
to the medial malleolus. This ligament consists
of the tibionavicular, tibiocalcaneal, and ante-
rior and posterior tibiotalar ligaments (Moore,
pp 633–635).
82. (A) Dorsiflexion of the ankle is produced by
the muscles in the anterior compartment of the
leg (Moore, p 635).
83. (E) The plantar calcaneonavicular ligamentum
(spring ligament) extends from the sustentacu-
lum tali to the posteroinferior surface of the
navicular. It plays an important role in main-
taining the longitudinal arch of the foot (Moore,
p 637).
84. (C) The talar head is the keystone of the medial
longitudinal arch (Moore, p 640).
85. (A) Hallux valgus is a foot deformity char-
acterized by lateral deviation of the great toe.
Hammertoe is a deformity in which the prox-
imal phalanx is permanently flexed at the
metatarsophalangeal joint and the middle pha-
lanx is plantarflexed at the interphalangeal joint.
The distal phalanx is also flexed. Claw toes are
characterized by hyperextension of the metatar-
sophalangeal joints and flexion of the distal
interphalangeal joints. Pes planus is flat feet,
and clubfoot refers to a foot that is twisted. The
foot is inverted, the ankle is plantarflexed, and
the forefoot is adducted (Moore, pp 641–642).
86. (E) The transverse tarsal joint is formed by the
combined talonavicular part of the talocalca-
neonavicular and calcaneocuboid joints, two
separate joints aligned transversely. Transec-
tion across the transverse tarsal joint is a stan-
dard method for surgical amputation of the
foot. Inversion and eversion of the foot are the
main movements involving these joints (Moore,
p 637).
87. (A) The tibial nerve leaves the posterior com-
partment of the leg by passing deep to the
flexor retinaculum in the interval between
the medial malleolus and calcaneus. The area
involved is from the medial malleolus to the
calcaneus, and the heel pain results from com-
pression of the tibial nerve by the flexor reti-
naculum (Moore, p 636).
88. (E) The ankle is the most frequently injured
major joint in the body. Ankle sprains are most
common. A sprained ankle is nearly always an
inversion injury (Moore, p 636).
89. (D) A Pott’s fracture-dislocation of the ankle
occurs when the foot is forcibly everted. This
action pulls on the extremely strong medial lig-
ament, often tearing off the medial malleolus.
The talus then moves laterally, shearing off the
lateral malleolus or, more commonly, breaking
the fibula superior to the inferior tibiofibular
joint (Moore, p 636).
90. (B) The grip of the malleoli on the trochlea is
strongest during dorsiflexion of the foot, be-
cause this movement forces the wider, anterior
part of the trochlea posteriorly, spreading the
tibia and fibula slightly apart (Moore, p 632).
91. (B) Genu varum and genu valgum result in
deviation of the tibia from the midline. In genu
varum, the tibia is diverted medially, and in
genu valgum, the tibia is diverted laterally;
these deformities cause unequal weight distri-
bution. In the varum deformity, the medial side
of the knee takes all the pressure, leading to
wear and tear of the medial meniscus (Moore,
p 630).
92. (E) The stability of the knee joint depends on
the strength and actions of the surrounding
muscles and their tendons. The ligaments that
connect the femur and tibia are also important.
Of these supports, the muscles are most impor-
106 6: The Lower Limb
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 106
tant; therefore, many sport injuries are pre-
ventable through appropriate conditioning
and training. The most important muscle in
stabilizing the knee joint is the large quadri-
ceps femoris, particularly inferior fibers of the
vastus medialis and lateralis. The knee joint
will function surprisingly well following a lig-
ament strain if the quadriceps is well condi-
tioned (Moore, pp 617–618).
93. (D) Fractures of the femoral neck are intracap-
sular, and realignment of the neck fragments
requires internal skeletal fixation. Femoral neck
fractures are among the most troublesome and
problematic of all fractures (Moore, p 614).
94. (B) The iliopsoas is the strongest flexor of the
hip joint (Moore, p 613).
95. (D) Medial rotators of the hip joint include
anterior fibers of the gluteus medius, gluteus
minimus, and tensor fascia lata; lateral rotators
include the obturator externus, obturator inter-
nus, superior gemellus, piriformis, quadratus
femoris, and gluteus maximus (Moore, p 613).
96. (B) The pulse of the dorsalis pedis artery, or
dorsal artery of the foot, is evaluated during a
physical examination of the peripheral vascu-
lar system. Dorsalis pedis pulses may be pal-
pated with the feet slightly dorsiflexed (Moore,
pp 603–604).
97. (C) The tendon of the biceps femoris may be
traced by palpating its distal attachment to the
lateral side of the head of the fibula. This tendon
and the neck of the fibula guide the examin-
ing finger to the common fibular nerve (Moore,
p 592).
98. (C) Because of its minor role, the plantaris
tendon can be removed for grafting without
causing any disability (Moore, p 586).
99. (A) Shin splints commonly result from trau-
matic injury or athletic overexertion of muscles
in the anterior compartment—especially the
tibialis anterior (Moore, p 580).
100. (C) The tibialis anterior is the strongest dorsi-
flexor and invertor of the foot (Moore, p 579).
101. deep peroneal nerve
102. tibialis anterior
103. extensor digitorum longus
104. extensor digitorum brevis
105. dorsalis pedis artery
106. abductor digiti minimi
107. flexor digitorum brevis
108. lateral plantar nerve
109. medial plantar nerve
110. lumbrical
111. gluteus minimus
112. sciatic nerve
113. semitendinosus
114. long head of biceps femoris
115. soleus
Answers and Explanations: 80–115 107
0523-06 Chap 6 07/15/02 15:35 Page 107
This page intentionally left blank
109
DIRECTIONS (Questions 1 through 146): Each of the
numbered items or incomplete statements in this
section is followed by answers or by completions
of the statement. Select the ONE lettered answer or
completion that is BEST in each case.
1. Which of the following is NOT a bone of the
neurocranium?
(A) palatine bones
(B) parietal bones
(C) sphenoid bones
(D) temporal bones
(E) ethmoid bone
2. Which of the following is NOT a bone of the
facial skeleton?
(A) maxilla
(B) zygomatic bone
(C) frontal bone
(D) inferior nasal concha
(E) nasal bone
3. The metopic suture is a persistence of which of
the following?
(A) frontal suture
(B) coronal suture
(C) sagittal suture
(D) lambdoid suture
(E) hypophyseal suture
4. The external occipital protuberance is also
known as which of the following?
(A) nasion
(B) inion
CHAPTER 7
The Head and Neck
Questions
(C) bregma
(D) pterion
(E) vertebra prominens
5. Which of the following best describes the land-
mark known as lambda?
(A) point on calvaria at junction of sagittal
and lambdoid sutures
(B) point on calvaria at junction of sagittal
and coronal sutures
(C) junction of the greater wing of the sphe-
noid, squamous temporal, frontal, and
parietal bones
(D) star-shaped landmark at junction of pari-
etomastoid, occipitomastoid, and lamb-
doid sutures
(E) smooth prominence on frontal bone
superior to root of nose
6. The superior point of the neurocranium in the
midline is known as which of the following?
(A) pterion
(B) bregma
(C) vertex
(D) asterion
(E) nasion
7. Which of the following foramina is NOT in the
middle cranial fossa?
(A) foramen rotundum
(B) foramen spinosum
(C) foramen lacerum
(D) groove of greater petrosal nerve
(E) foramen magnum
109
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 109
8. Which of the following foramina is located in
the anterior cranial fossa?
(A) foramen cecum
(B) optic canals
(C) superior orbital fissures
(D) foramen ovale
(E) condylar canal
9. Which of the following foramina does NOT
transmit emissary veins?
(A) foramen cecum
(B) condylar canal
(C) mastoid foramen
(D) parietal foramen
(E) anterior ethmoidal foramina
10. The superior orbital fissure transmits all of the
following EXCEPT
(A) ophthalmic division of the trigeminal
nerve
(B) maxillary division of the trigeminal nerve
(C) oculomotor nerve
(D) trochlear nerve
(E) abducens nerve
11. All of the following transmit an arterial branch
to the meninges EXCEPT
(A) foramen ovale
(B) foramen rotundum
(C) groove of greater petrosal nerve
(D) jugular foramen
(E) mastoid foramen
12. The foramina in the cribriform plate transmit
which of the following?
(A) axons of olfactory cells
(B) posterior ethmoidal arteries
(C) ophthalmic arteries
(D) dural veins
(E) sympathetic plexus
13. In addition to the optic nerves, the optic canals
transmit which of the following?
(A) ophthalmic veins
(B) oculomotor nerve
(C) internal carotid artery
(D) ophthalmic arteries
(E) nerve branches to the meninges
14. The maxillary division of the trigeminal nerve
is transmitted through which of the following?
(A) foramen rotundum
(B) foramen ovale
(C) superior orbital fissure
(D) foramen spinosum
(E) foramen lacerum
15. Which of the following transmits a nerve branch
to the meninges?
(A) foramen spinosum
(B) mastoid foramen
(C) jugular foramen
(D) foramen magnum
(E) foramen oval
16. The foramen magnum transmits all of the fol-
lowing EXCEPT
(A) medulla and meninges
(B) vertebral arteries
(C) spinal roots of the accessory nerve
(D) dural veins
(E) internal carotid artery
17. The jugular foramen transmits all of the fol-
lowing EXCEPT
(A) glossopharyngeal nerve
(B) vagus nerve
(C) accessory nerve
(D) inferior petrosal and sigmoid sinuses
(E) sympathetic plexus
18. Which of the following is NOT true regarding
the buccinator?
(A) It is a muscle of mastication.
(B) It is innervated by the facial nerve.
(C) It presses the cheek against the molar
teeth to assist in chewing.
(D) It expels air from the oral cavity.
(E) It draws the mouth to one side when act-
ing unilaterally.
110 7: The Head and Neck
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 110
19. Which of the following is NOT a muscle of fa-
cial expression?
(A) platysma
(B) nasalis
(C) frontal belly of occiptofrontalis
(D) orbicularis oculi
(E) temporalis
20. The mentalis does which of the following?
(A) elevates eyebrows and skin of forehead
(B) functions as a sphincter of oral opening
(C) elevates lip upper limb and dilates
nostril
(D) elevates and protrudes lower lip
(E) draws ala of nose toward nasal septum
21. The orbicularis oculi is innervated by
(A) optic nerve
(B) oculomotor nerve
(C) trochlear nerve
(D) trigeminal nerve
(E) facial nerve
22. The facial nerve innervates all of the following
EXCEPT
(A) procerus
(B) corrugator supercilii
(C) masseter
(D) depressor anguli oris
(E) zygomaticus major
23. All muscles of facial expression develop from
which pharyngeal arch?
(A) first arch
(B) second arch
(C) third arch
(D) fourth arch
(E) sixth arch
24. Which of the following does NOT insert on the
angle of the mouth?
(A) platysma
(B) buccinator
(C) risorius
(D) zygomaticus major
(E) depressor septi
25. In respect to the orbicularis oculi, which of the
following is true?
(A) Its orbital part delicately closes the eye-
lids in blinking.
(B) Its palpebral part draws the eyelids
medially so that tears may be drained.
(C) Its lacrimal part tightly closes the eyelids
in squinting.
(D) It is innervated by a zygomatic branch of
the facial nerve.
(E) It takes origin from the skin of the margin
of the orbit and the tarsal plate, and it
inserts on the lacrimal bone, medial palpe-
bral ligament, and medial orbital margin.
26. Which of the following cutaneous nerves is
derived from the ophthalmic nerve?
(A) external nasal nerve
(B) infraorbital nerve
(C) zygomaticotemporal nerve
(D) zygomaticofacial nerve
(E) auriculotemporal nerve
27. Which of the following nerves arises by two
roots that surround the middle meningeal
artery?
(A) auriculotemporal nerve
(B) buccal nerve
(C) mental nerve
(D) zygomaticotemporal nerve
(E) zygomaticofacial nerve
28. Which of the following nerves is NOT cor-
rectly matched with its distribution?
(A) frontal nerve . . . skin of forehead, scalp,
eyelid, and nose
(B) supraorbital nerve . . . skin of forehead
as far as vertex
(C) supratrochlear . . . skin in middle of fore-
head
(D) infratrochlear . . . skin and conjunctiva of
upper eyelid
(E) lacrimal . . . skin on dorsum of nose
Questions: 8–28 111
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 111
29. Which of the following sequences of nerve
branches is NOT correct?
(A) ophthalmic nerve . . . frontal nerve . . .
supraorbital nerve
(B) ophthalmic nerve . . . frontal nerve . . .
infratrochlear nerve
(C) maxillary nerve . . . infraorbital nerve
(D) mandibular nerve . . . auriculotemporal
nerve
(E) mandibular nerve . . . inferior alveolar
nerve . . . mental nerve
30. Which of the following nerves is correctly
described with respect to its course?
(A) The auriculotemporal travels from the
anterior division of the mandibular
nerve in the infratemporal fossa to reach
the cheek.
(B) The buccal nerve travels from the poste-
rior division of the mandibular nerve
between the neck of the mandible and
the external acoustic meatus.
(C) The lacrimal nerve passes through the
palpebral fascia of the upper eyelid near
the lateral canthus of the eye.
(D) The infratrochlear nerve passes superi-
orly on the medial surface of the supra-
orbital nerve.
(E) The supratrochlear nerve emerges
through the supraorbital notch and
divides into branches.
31. The lacrimal nerve innervates the lacrimal
gland with fibers
(A) from the ophthalmic nerve
(B) borrowed via a communicating branch
from the maxillary nerve
(C) borrowed from the mandibular nerve
(D) from the optic nerve
(E) from the sympathetic plexus
32. The maxillary nerve gives off branches to
which of the following ganglia?
(A) otic ganglion
(B) ciliary ganglion
(C) submandibular ganglion
(D) pterygopalatine ganglion
(E) geniculate ganglion
33. Which of the following is NOT a branch of the
facial nerve?
(A) temporal
(B) zygomatic
(C) buccal
(D) mental
(E) cervical
34. The temporal branch of CN VII does NOT
innervate which of the following?
(A) auricularis superior
(B) auricularis anterior
(C) occipitofrontalis (frontal belly)
(D) orbicularis oculi (superior part)
(E) orbicularis oculi (inferior part)
35. Which of the following is true regarding the
stylomastoid foramen?
(A) It is located between the styloid and
mastoid processes of the sphenoid bone.
(B) CN V is transmitted through it.
(C) Sensory nerves of the face travel
through it.
(D) The stylomastoid branch of the posterior
auricular artery travels though it.
(E) It is a common site of lesion for the glos-
sopharyngeal nerve.
36. Which of the following is NOT a branch of the
facial artery?
(A) inferior labial artery
(B) superior labial artery
(C) lateral nasal artery
(D) angular artery
(E) retromandibular artery
37. Which of the following is a branch of internal
carotid artery?
(A) supratrochlear artery
(B) facial artery
(C) posterior auricular artery
112 7: The Head and Neck
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 112
(D) superficial temporal artery
(E) mental artery
38. Which of the following is NOT true?
(A) The angular artery is distributed to the
superior part of the cheek and lower
eyelid.
(B) The occipital artery is distributed to the
scalp in the back of the head.
(C) The superficial temporal artery is distrib-
uted to the parotid gland and duct.
(D) The mental artery is distributed to facial
muscles and skin of the chin.
(E) The supratrochlear artery is distributed
to the muscles and skin of the scalp.
39. Which of the following is NOT contained
within the parotid gland?
(A) facial nerve
(B) facial artery
(C) retromandibular vein
(D) parotid lymph nodes
(E) branches of the facial nerve
40. Parasympathetic fibers from CN IX travel to
the parotid gland via which of the following
nerves?
(A) auriculotemporal nerve
(B) great auricular nerve
(C) directly from the glossopharyngeal
nerve
(D) external carotid nerve plexus
(E) retromandibular nerve
41. Parasympathetic fibers from CN IX synapse in
which ganglion before traveling to the parotid
gland?
(A) otic ganglion
(B) ciliary ganglion
(C) submandibular ganglion
(D) pterygopalatine ganglion
(E) trigeminal ganglion
42. Which of the following lists the layers of the
scalp in the correct order?
(A) skin, connective tissue, auricular layer,
loose connective tissue, pericranium
(B) skin, aponeurosis, connective tissue,
loose connective tissue, pericranium
(C) skin, connective tissue, aponeurosis,
loose connective tissue, paradural layer
(D) skin, connective tissue, aponeurosis,
loose connective tissue, pericranium
(E) skin, cartilaginous layer, aponeurosis,
loose connective tissue, pericranium
43. Which of the following descriptions is correct?
(A) The superior sagittal sinus runs superior
to the brain in the inferior free border of
the cerebral falx and ends in the straight
sinus.
(B) The inferior sagittal sinus is formed by
the union of the superior sagittal sinus
and the great cerebral vein and ultimately
joins the confluence of the sinuses.
(C) The transverse sinuses follow S-shaped
courses in the posterior cranial fossa and
ultimately become the internal jugular
veins.
(D) The occipital sinus lies in the convex
attached border of the cerebral falx, run-
ning from the crista galli to the internal
occiptal protuberance.
(E) The cavernous sinus is situated on each
side of the sella turcica.
44. The cavernous sinus receives blood from all of
the following EXCEPT
(A) superior and inferior petrosal sinuses
(B) superior ophthalmic veins
(C) inferior ophthalmic veins
(D) superficial middle cerebral vein
(E) sphenoparietal sinus
45. Which of the following nerves is NOT con-
tained within the cavernous sinus?
(A) optic nerve
(B) oculomotor nerve
(C) trochlear nerve
(D) trigeminal nerve (specifically the
ophthalmic division)
(E) abducent nerve
Questions: 29–45 113
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 113
46. Which of the following does NOT contribute
to innervation of the dura mater?
(A) ophthalmic division of the trigeminal
nerve
(B) maxillary division of the trigeminal
nerve
(C) mandibular division of the trigeminal
nerve
(D) facial nerve
(E) C1, C2, and C3
47. Which of the following is correct in respect to
the brain?
(A) The midbrain is composed of the epithal-
amus, dorsal thalamus, and hypothala-
mus and surrounds the third ventricle.
(B) The pons is the rostral part of the brain-
stem and lies at the junction of the mid-
dle and posterior cranial fossae.
(C) The diencephalon lies dorsal to the pons
and medulla and ventral to the posterior
part of the cerebrum, beneath the tento-
rium.
(D) The cavity of the medulla oblongata
forms the inferior part of the fourth
ventricle.
(E) The cerebrum occupies the middle and
posterior cranial fossae and houses the
third and fourth ventricles.
48. Which of the following correctly describes the
flow of cerebrospinal fluid?
(A) lateral ventricles . . . cerebral aqueduct . . .
3rd ventricle . . . interventricular fora-
men . . . 4th ventricle . . . median and
lateral apertures . . . subarachnoid space
(B) lateral ventricles . . . interventricular fora-
men . . . 3rd ventricle . . . cerebral aque-
duct . . . 4th ventricle . . . median and
lateral apertures . . . subarachnoid space
(C) lateral ventricles . . . interventricular
foramen . . . 3rd ventricle . . . median and
lateral apertures . . . 4th ventricle . . .
cerebral aqueduct . . . subarachnoid
space
(D) lateral ventricles . . . median and lateral
apertures . . . 3rd ventricle . . . cerebral
aqueduct . . . 4th ventricle . . . interven-
tricular foramen . . . subarachnoid space
(E) lateral ventricles . . . straight sinus . . . 3rd
ventricle . . . confluence of the sinuses . . .
4th ventricle . . . median and lateral aper-
tures . . . subarachnoid space
49. Which of the following is true regarding the
carotid canal?
(A) The carotid canal is located in the infe-
rior surface of the sphenoid bone in the
middle cranial fossa.
(B) Structures actually pass across rather
than through the area of the carotid
canal, which is an artifact in dry skulls
and is actually closed by cartilage in life.
(C) The carotid canal contains the internal
carotid artery with associated para-
sympathetic nerves.
(D) The carotid canal contains the internal
carotid venous plexus connecting the cav-
ernous sinus and the internal jugular vein.
(E) The greater petrosal nerve enters behind
and above the carotid canal and leaves
anteriorly as the nerve of the pterygoid
canal.
50. Which of the following foramina is unpaired?
(A) foramen lacerum
(B) greater palatine foramen
(C) foramen cecum
(D) lesser palatine foramen
(E) pterygoid canal
51. The oculomotor nerve emerges between which
two arteries of the cerebral arterial circle?
(A) posterior inferior cerebellar artery and
anterior inferior cerebellar artery
(B) anterior inferior cerebellar artery and
labyrinthine artery
(C) labyrinthine artery and superior cerebel-
lar artery
(D) superior cerebellar artery and posterior
cerebral artery
(E) posterior cerebral artery and middle
cerebral artery
114 7: The Head and Neck
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 114
52. What nerve emerges between the labyrinthine
artery and the anterior inferior cerebellar
artery?
(A) optic
(B) trochlear
(C) trigeminal
(D) abducent
(E) facial
53. Which artery is NOT a branch of the vertebral
artery system?
(A) basilar
(B) posterior cerebral
(C) posterior communicating
(D) anterior spinal
(E) ophthalmic
54. Which of the following arteries is correctly
matched with its distribution?
(A) anterior cerebral . . . temporal and occip-
ital lobes of brain
(B) middle cerebral . . . inferior aspect of
cerebral hemispheres and occipital lobe
(C) middle meningeal . . . calvaria
(D) posterior cerebral . . . brainstem and
cerebellum
(E) basilar . . . optic tract, cerebral pedun-
cle, internal capsule, and
thalamus
55. Which of the following lists best describes the
pathway of tears from the lacrimal glands to
the nasal cavity?
(A) lacrimal ducts . . . lacrimal lake . . .
lacrimal canaliculi . . . lacrimal sac . . .
nasolacrimal duct
(B) lacrimal ducts . . . lacrimal sac . . . lacri-
mal canaliculi . . . lacrimal lake . . .
nasolacrimal duct
(C) lacrimal canaliculi . . . lacrimal lake . . .
lacrimal ducts . . . lacrimal sac . . .
nasolacrimal duct
(D) lacrimal canaliculi . . . lacrimal sac . . .
lacrimal ducts . . . lacrimal lake . . .
nasolacrimal duct
(E) lacrimal punctum . . . lacrimal lake . . .
lacrimal papilla . . . lacrimal sac . . . naso-
lacrimal duct
56. Which of the following best describes the path-
way of parasympathetic fibers to the lacrimal
gland?
(A) CN VII . . . greater petrosal nerve . . .
nerve of the pterygoid canal . . . ptery-
gopalatine ganglion . . . zygomatic
branch of V
2
. . . lacrimal branch of V
1
(B) CN IX . . . lesser petrosal nerve . . . nerve
of the pterygoid canal . . . pterygopala-
tine ganglion . . . infraorbital branch of
V
2
. . . lacrimal branch of V
1
(C) CN VII . . . greater petrosal nerve . . . otic
ganglion . . . infraorbital branch of V
2
...
lacrimal branch of V
1
(D) CN VII . . . deep petrosal nerve . . . nerve
of the pterygoid canal . . . pterygopala-
tine ganglion . . . infratrochlear branch of
V
2
. . . lacrimal branch of V
1
(E) CN V . . . ophthalmic branch of V
1
...
lacrimal branch of V
1
57. Which of the following muscles does NOT take
its origin from the common tendinous ring?
(A) superior rectus
(B) inferior rectus
(C) lateral rectus
(D) medial rectus
(E) superior oblique
58. Which of the following muscles is NOT inner-
vated by the oculomotor nerve?
(A) levator palpebrae superioris
(B) lateral rectus
(C) medial rectus
(D) inferior oblique
(E) superior rectus
Questions: 46–58 115
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 115
59. Which of the following muscles is NOT prop-
erly matched with it main action?
(A) lateral rectus . . . abducts eyeball
(B) superior rectus . . . elevates, adducts, and
rotates eyeball medially
(C) inferior rectus . . . depresses, adducts,
and rotates eyeball medially
(D) superior oblique . . . adducts, elevates,
and rotates eyeball laterally
(E) inferior oblique . . . abducts, elevates,
and rotates eyeball laterally
60. Which of the following nerves is correctly
matched with its distribution?
(A) long ciliary . . . postsynaptic sympathetic
fibers to the dilator pupillae
(B) short ciliary . . . parasympathetic and
sympathetic fibers to lens and cornea
(C) frontal . . . conjunctiva and lacrimal
gland
(D) infratrochlear . . . mucous membrane of
sphenoidal and ethmoid sinuses
(E) ethmoidal . . . conjunctiva and eyelids
61. Which of the following is true in respect to the
ciliary ganglion?
(A) Sympathetic fibers synapse in the ciliary
ganglion.
(B) Afferent fibers from the iris and cornea
pass through the ganglion.
(C) The ganglion is located between the
optic nerve and medial rectus.
(D) Parasympathetic fibers in the ganglion
are derived from CN VII.
(E) Parasympathetic fibers in the ganglion
are distributed to the retina and lens.
62. Which of the following arteries is NOT a branch
of the ophthalmic artery?
(A) supraorbital
(B) supratrochlear
(C) lacrimal
(D) anterior ethmoidal
(E) infraorbital
63. Which of the following arteries is correctly
paired with its course and distribution?
(A) central artery of retina . . . runs adjacent
to optic nerve, supplying rods and cones
(B) lacrimal artery . . . runs along medial rec-
tus to supply lacrimal gland and frontal
sinus
(C) short posterior cilaries . . . pierce sclera
to supply choroid, rods, and cones
(D) long posterior cilaries . . . supplies lens
and cornea
(E) posterior ethmoidal . . . supplies dorsal
aspect of nose
64. Which of the following is NOT contained in
the infratemporal fossa?
(A) parts of temporal, lateral pterygoid, and
medial pterygoid muscles
(B) maxillary artery
(C) pterygoid venous plexus
(D) mandibular, inferior alveolar, buccal,
and lingual nerves
(E) pterygopalatine ganglion
65. Which of the following muscles is NOT a mus-
cle of mastication?
(A) buccinator
(B) temporalis
(C) medial pterygoid
(D) lateral pterygoid
(E) masseter
66. The muscles of mastication are associated with
which branchial arch?
(A) first arch
(B) second arch
(C) third arch
(D) fourth arch
(E) fifth arch
67. Which of the following depresses the mandible?
(A) lateral pterygoid
(B) medial pterygoid
(C) temporalis
(D) masseter
(E) mylohyoid
116 7: The Head and Neck
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 116
68. Which of the following is NOT a branch of the
first (mandibular) part of the first part of the
maxillary artery?
(A) deep auricular
(B) anterior tympanic
(C) middle meningeal and accessory
meningeal
(D) inferior alveolar
(E) descending palatine
69. Which of the following is NOT a branch of
the second (pterygoid) part of the maxillary
artery?
(A) deep temporal
(B) labyrinthine
(C) pterygoid
(D) masseteric
(E) buccal
70. Which of the following branches of the third
(pterygopalatine) part of the maxillary artery
is correctly paired with its distribution?
(A) infraorbital . . . maxillary molar and pre-
molar teeth, lining of maxillary sinus,
gingival
(B) posterior superior alveolar . . . inferior
eyelid, lacrimal sac, side of nose, supe-
rior lip
(C) pharyngeal . . . maxillary gingiva, pala-
tine glands, mucous membrane of roof
of mouth
(D) artery of pterygoid canal . . . superior
part of pharynx, auditory tube, tympanic
cavity
(E) descending palatine . . . roof of pharynx,
sphenoidal sinus, inferior part of audi-
tory tube
71. Which of the following is NOT true in respect
to the sphenopalatine artery?
(A) It is the termination of the maxillary
artery.
(B) It supplies the lateral nasal wall.
(C) It supplies the nasal septum.
(D) It supplies the paranasal sinuses.
(E) It is transmitted through the incisive
foramen.
72. Which of the following is true in respect to the
otic ganglion?
(A) It is located in the infratemporal fossa
just inferior to the foramen rotundum.
(B) Presynaptic parasympathetic fibers in
the ganglion are derived from the facial
nerve.
(C) Postsynaptic parasympathetic fibers in
the ganglion are destined for the parotid
gland.
(D) Sympathetic fibers synapse in the gan-
glion before continuing on to sweat
glands, erector pili muscles, and blood
vessels.
(E) The ganglion contains cell bodies for
fibers of the trigeminal nerve.
73. Which nerve is NOT correctly matched with
its distribution?
(A) lingual nerve . . . sensation from the
anterior two-thirds of the tongue
(B) lingual nerve . . . sensation from floor of
mouth and lingual gingivae
(C) chorda tympani nerve . . . taste fibers
from anterior two-thirds of tongue
(D) chorda tympani nerve . . . secretomotor
fibers to submandibular and sublingual
glands
(E) chorda tympani nerve . . . motor fibers to
tensor tympani
74. The temporomandibular joint is what type of
joint?
(A) fibrous joint
(B) cartilaginous joint
(C) modified hinge-type synovial joint
(D) pivot-type synovial joint
(E) saddle-type synovial joint
Questions: 59–74 117
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 117
75. Which of the following is correct in respect to
the hard palate?
(A) The hard palate is composed primarily
of the maxillary bones.
(B) The incisive canal and foramen transmit
the incisive nerves and greater palatine
vessels.
(C) The greater palatine foramen transmits
the nasopalatine nerves and greater
palatine nerve.
(D) The lesser palatine foramina transmit the
lesser palatine nerves but not the lesser
palatine vessels.
(E) The descending palatine artery is a
branch of the internal carotid artery.
76. Which of the following palate muscles is NOT
innervated by the cranial part of the accessory
nerve through a pharyngeal branch of the
vagus nerve via the pharyngeal plexus?
(A) tensor veli palatini
(B) levator veli palatini
(C) palatoglossus
(D) palatopharyngeus
(E) musculus uvulae
77. Which of the following is correctly matched
with its action?
(A) musculus uvulae . . . pulls uvula
inferiorly
(B) palatopharyngeus . . . pulls walls of phar-
ynx inferiorly, posteriorly, and laterally
during swallowing
(C) palatoglossus . . . depresses posterior
part of tongue and draws soft palate
away from tongue
(D) levator veli palatini . . . depresses soft
palate during swallowing and yawning
(E) tensor veli palatini . . . opens auditory
tube during swallowing and yawning
78. Which of the following is NOT a type of lin-
gual papilla?
(A) vallate papillae
(B) foliate papillae
(C) bacilliform papillae
(D) filiform papillae
(E) fungiform papillae
79. Which of the following muscles is NOT inner-
vated by the hypoglossal nerve?
(A) genioglossus
(B) hyoglossus
(C) styloglossus
(D) palatoglossus
(E) intrinsic muscles of the tongue
80. Which of the following tongue muscles is cor-
rectly paired with its action?
(A) superior and inferior longitudinal . . .
curls tip and sides of tongue and short-
ens tongue
(B) transverse . . . flattens and broadens
tongue
(C) vertical . . . narrows and elongates tongue
(D) genioglossus and hyoglossus . . . elevates
posterior part of tongue
(E) palatoglossus . . . depresses and retracts
tongue
81. Which of the following is true in respect to in-
nervation of the tongue?
(A) The chorda tympani nerve innervates
the mucosa of the anterior two-thirds
of the tongue in respect to general sensa-
tion (touch and temperature).
(B) The chorda tympani nerve innervates
the anterior two-thirds of the tongue in
respect to special sensation (taste).
(C) The lingual nerve innervates the poste-
rior one-third of the tongue in respect
to general sensation (touch and temper-
ature).
(D) The lingual nerve innervates the poste-
rior one-third of the tongue in respect to
special sensation (taste).
(E) The glossopharyngeal nerve innervates
the area of the tongue just anterior to the
epiglottis in respect to both general and
special sensation.
82. How do parasympathetic and taste fibers from
the chorda tympani reach their destination?
118 7: The Head and Neck
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 118
(A) via the lingual nerve, a branch of the
mandibular division of the trigeminal
nerve
(B) via the lingual nerve, a branch of the
glossopharyngeal nerve
(C) via the lingual nerve, a branch of the
vagus nerve
(D) via intermingled fibers in the otic ganglion
(E) via the submandibular nerve, a branch of
the hypoglossal nerve
83. Which of the following taste sensations is cor-
rectly paired with its tongue region?
(A) savoriness . . . posterior part
(B) sourness . . . apex
(C) bitterness . . . apex
(D) saltiness . . . lateral margins
(E) sweetness . . . posterior part
84. Which of the following vessels is NOT cor-
rectly paired with its respective area of supply
or drainage?
(A) dorsal lingual arteries . . . supply sub-
mandibular gland
(B) deep lingual artery . . . supplies anterior
tongue
(C) sublingual artery . . . supplies sublingual
gland and floor of mouth
(D) dorsal lingual veins . . . accompany the
lingual artery
(E) deep lingual veins . . . drain the apex of
the tongue, joining the sublingual vein
85. Which of the following is NOT correct?
(A) The parotid gland is supplied by
branches of the external carotid and
superficial temporal arteries.
(B) The submandibular gland is supplied by
the submental artery.
(C) The submandibular gland is innervated
by the parasympathetic fibers of the
glossopharyngeal nerve that synapsed in
the submandibular ganglion.
(D) The sublingual glands are supplied by
the sublingual and submental arteries.
(E) The sublingual glands are innervated by
parasympathetic fibers of the facial nerve.
86. Which of the following is NOT an opening to
the pterygopalatine fossa?
(A) pterygomaxillary fissure
(B) sphenopalatine foramen
(C) inferior orbital fissure
(D) foramen rotundum
(E) foramen ovale
87. Which of the following is NOT contained in
the pterygopalatine fossa?
(A) third part of maxillary artery
(B) maxillary nerve
(C) nerve of the pterygoid canal
(D) pterygopalatine ganglion
(E) optic nerve
88. Which of the following foramina are NOT prop-
erly matched with the structures they transmit?
(A) inferior orbital fissure . . . ophthalmic
nerve, infraorbital vessels, orbital
branches of pterygopalatine ganglion
(B) infraorbital foramen and canal . . . infra-
orbital nerve and vessels
(C) palatovaginal canal (pharyngeal)
canal . . . pharyngeal nerves from maxil-
lary nerve and pterygopalatine ganglion
and pharyngeal branch of maxillary
artery
(D) zygomaticofacial foramen . . . zygoma-
ticofacial nerve and vessels
(E) zygomaticotemporal foramen . . .
zygomaticotemporal nerve and vessels
89. The nerve of the pterygoid canal is composed
of which of the following?
(A) lesser petrosal nerve and deep petrosal
nerve
(B) greater petrosal nerve and deep petrosal
nerve
(C) greater petrosal nerve and lesser petrosal
nerve
(D) maxillary nerve and deep petrosal nerve
(E) maxillary nerve and greater petrosal
nerve
Questions: 75–89 119
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 119
90. The nerve of the pterygoid canal does NOT
innervate which of the following?
(A) lacrimal gland
(B) palatine glands
(C) mucosal glands of nasal cavity
(D) mucosal glands of upper pharynx
(E) submandibular gland
91. Which of the following paranasal sinuses com-
municates with the nasal cavity in the superior
meatus?
(A) posterior ethmoidal sinuses
(B) frontal sinus
(C) middle ethmoidal sinuses
(D) sphenoidal sinus
(E) maxillary sinus
92. Where does the nasolacrimal duct communi-
cate with the nasal cavity?
(A) superior meatus
(B) middle meatus
(C) inferior meatus
(D) nasopharynx
(E) sphenoidal sinus
93. Which of the following is a separate bone?
(A) superior nasal concha
(B) middle nasal concha
(C) inferior nasal concha
(D) crista galli
(E) glabella
94. Which of the following does NOT supply the
medial and lateral walls of the nasal cavity?
(A) sphenopalatine artery
(B) anterior and posterior ethmoidal arteries
(C) greater palatine artery
(D) infraorbital artery
(E) superior labial artery
95. Which of the following does NOT innervate
the nasal mucosa?
(A) sphenopalatine nerve
(B) nasopalatine nerve
(C) greater palatine nerve
(D) anterior ethmoidal nerve
(E) posterior ethmoidal nerve
96. Which of the following is NOT correct regard-
ing innervation of the ear?
(A) The auricle is innervated by the great
auricular nerve and auriculotemporal
nerve.
(B) The external surface of the tympanic
membrane is innervated by the auricu-
lotemporal nerve and even a small
branch of the vagus.
(C) The pharyngotympanic tube is inner-
vated by the tympanic plexus (fibers from
the facial and glossopharyngeal nerves).
(D) The internal surface of the tympanic
membrane is innervated by the
glossopharyngeal nerve.
(E) Sensory cell bodies of the vestibulo-
cochlear nerve are located in the genicu-
late ganglion.
97. Which of the following correctly describes a
wall of the tympanic cavity and its underlying
structure?
(A) tegmental roof . . . cochlea, contained in
the promontory
(B) floor . . . superior bulb of internal jugular
vein
(C) medial wall . . . dura mater of the middle
cranial fossa
(D) anterior wall . . . mastoid cells and facial
nerve
(E) posterior wall . . . carotid canal
98. Which of the following is NOT contained in
the tympanic cavity?
(A) auditory ossicles
(B) tympanic plexus
(C) chorda tympani nerve
(D) lesser petrosal nerve
(E) stapedius and tensor tympani muscles
99. Which of the following is NOT true in respect
to the pharyngotympanic tube?
120 7: The Head and Neck
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 120
(A) The salpingopharyngeus closes the tube.
(B) It opens posterior to the inferior meatus
of the nasal cavity.
(C) It equalizes pressure in the middle ear
with atmospheric pressure.
(D) The tensor veli palatini and levator veli
palatini work together to open the tube.
(E) It is supplied by the ascending pharyn-
geal artery, middle meningeal artery,
and artery of the pterygoid canal.
100. What innervates the tensor tympani?
(A) maxillary nerve
(B) mandibular nerve
(C) chorda tympani
(D) vestibulocochlear nerve
(E) vagus
101. Which of the following is true?
(A) The malleus articulates with the stapes
and is moved by the tensor tympani.
(B) The round window is an opening in the
medial wall of the tympanic cavity lead-
ing to the vestibule of the inner ear and
is closed by the base of the stapes.
(C) The tensor tympani assists in preventing
damage to the internal ear when one
hears loud noises.
(D) The stapedius is innervated by the
chorda tympani.
(E) The stapedius pulls the stapes anteriorly
and flattens its base, loosening the annu-
lar ligament and increasing oscillatory
range.
102. Which of the following foramina is NOT cor-
rectly matched with its function?
(A) cochlear aqueduct . . . allows bony
labyrinth to communicate with sub-
arachnoid space; also contains
labyrinthine vein
(B) aqueduct of the vestibule . . . transmits
endolymphatic duct, an artery, and a
vein
(C) internal acoustic meatus . . . transmits
vestibulocochlear nerve and vestibular
artery
(D) mastoid canaliculus . . . transmits auricu-
lar branch of the vagus
(E) tympanic canaliculus . . . tympanic
branch of the glossopharyngeal nerve
103. Which of the following is true?
(A) The cochlear labyrinth is composed of
the utricle, the saccule, and three semi-
circular canals.
(B) The membranous labyrinth contains per-
ilymph.
(C) The basilar membrane secures the coch-
lear duct to the spiral canal of the cochlea.
(D) The spiral membrane forms the floor of
the cochlear duct.
(E) The saccule is continuous with the coch-
lear duct through the ductus reuniens.
104. Which of the following is NOT true in respect
to typical cervical vertebrae?
(A) They have short, bifid spinous processes.
(B) The inferior facets of articular processes
are directed inferoposteriorly, and supe-
rior facets are directed superoposteriorly.
(C) The transverse processes contain a fora-
men transversarium, which transmits
the vertebral vein and artery except for
C7, where it transmits only the vertebral
artery.
(D) The vertebral foramen is large and
triangular.
(E) The vertebral body is small, with a con-
cave superior surface and a convex infe-
rior surface.
105. Which fascial layer is NOT correctly matched
with the structures it encloses?
(A) superficial cervical fascia . . . platysma
(B) investing layer of deep cervical fascia . . .
trapezius and sternocleidomastoid
(C) pretracheal layer of deep cervical
fascia . . . suprahyoid muscles
(D) prevertebral layer of deep cervical
fascia . . . longus colli, longus capitis,
scalenes, deep cervical muscles
(E) carotid sheath . . . carotid arteries, inter-
nal jugular vein, vagus
Questions: 90–105 121
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 121
106. Which of the following is NOT a superior
attachment of the trapezius?
(A) lateral surface of mastoid process
(B) medial third of superior nuchal line
(C) external occipital protuberance
(D) ligamentum nuchae
(E) spinous processes of C7–T12
107. Which of the following is NOT correct in re-
spect to the posterior triangle of the neck?
(A) Its anterior boundary is formed by the
posterior border of the SCM.
(B) Its posterior boundary is formed by the
anterior border of the trapezius.
(C) Its inferior boundary is formed by the
middle third of the clavicle.
(D) Its roof is formed by the platysma.
(E) Its floor is formed by the muscles cov-
ered by the prevertebral layer of deep
cervical fascia.
108. The anterior triangle of the neck does NOT con-
tain which of the following smaller triangles?
(A) supraclavicular triangle
(B) submandibular triangle
(C) submental triangle
(D) carotid triangle
(E) muscular triangle
109. Which of the following muscles is NOT con-
tained in the posterior cervical triangle?
(A) splenius capitis
(B) levator scapulae
(C) middle scalene
(D) posterior scalene
(E) stylohyoid
110. Which of the following is a suprahyoid muscle?
(A) mylohyoid
(B) sternohyoid
(C) omohyoid
(D) sternothyroid
(E) thyrohyoid
111. Which of the following is innervated by the
trigeminal nerve?
(A) mylohyoid
(B) geniohyoid
(C) stylohyoid
(D) posterior belly of the digastric
(E) thyrohyoid
112. Which of the following is NOT an anterior ver-
tebral muscle?
(A) longus colli
(B) longus capitis
(C) splenius capitis
(D) rectus capitis anterior
(E) rectus capitis lateralis
113. Of the following, which is innervated by the
dorsal rami?
(A) splenius capitis
(B) levator scapulae
(C) posterior scalene
(D) middle scalene
(E) anterior scalene
114. Which of the following NEVER exists?
(A) middle thyroid artery
(B) middle thyroid vein
(C) thyroid ima artery
(D) parathyroid veins
(E) anterior jugular vein
115. Which of the following contains PAIRED
laryngeal cartilages?
(A) thyroid, cricoid, epiglottic
(B) arytenoid, corniculate, cuneiform
(C) arytenoid, cricoid, epiglottic
(D) corniculate, cricoid, cuneiform
(E) cuneiform, corniculate, epiglottic
116. Which of the following intrinsic laryngeal
muscles is NOT innervated by the recurrent
laryngeal nerve?
(A) transverse arytenoids
(B) oblique arytenoids
122 7: The Head and Neck
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 122
(C) cricothyroid
(D) posterior cricoarytenoid
(E) lateral cricoarytenoid
117. Which of the following is the primary tensor of
the vocal fold?
(A) cricothyroid
(B) thyroarytenoid
(C) vocalis
(D) aryepiglottic
(E) posterior cricoarytenoid
118. Which of the following abducts the vocal fold?
(A) vocalis
(B) transverse arytenoids
(C) oblique arytenoids
(D) thyroarytenoid
(E) posterior cricoarytenoid
119. Which of the following is the sensory nerve of
the larynx?
(A) external laryngeal nerve
(B) recurrent laryngeal nerve
(C) internal laryngeal nerve
(D) paratracheal nerve
(E) inferior thyroid nerve
120. Which of the following are commonly referred
to as the adenoids?
(A) pharyngeal tonsils
(B) submandibular glands
(C) palatine tonsils
(D) lingual tonsils
(E) sublingual glands
121. Which of the following is NOT innervated by
the cranial root of the accessory nerve?
(A) middle constrictor
(B) inferior constrictor
(C) palatopharyngeus
(D) salpingopharyngeus
(E) stylopharyngeus
122. Which of the following has an insertion on the
pharyngeal tubercle of the occipital bone?
(A) superior constrictor
(B) middle constrictor
(C) palatopharyngeus
(D) salpingopharyngeus
(E) stylopharyngeus
123. Which of the following passes through the gap
between the superior constrictor and the skull?
(A) tensor veli palatini
(B) ascending palatine artery
(C) glossopharyngeal nerve
(D) stylohyoid ligament
(E) stylopharyngeus
124. Which of the following passes through the gap
between the superior and middle constrictors?
(A) glossopharyngeal nerve
(B) levator veli palatini
(C) internal laryngeal nerve
(D) superior laryngeal artery
(E) superior laryngeal vein
125. Which of the following passes through the
gap between the middle and inferior con-
strictors?
(A) superior laryngeal artery
(B) stylopharyngeus
(C) vagus nerve
(D) recurrent laryngeal nerve
(E) inferior laryngeal artery
126. Which of the following passes through the gap
inferior to the inferior constrictor?
(A) vagus nerve
(B) internal laryngeal nerve
(C) superior laryngeal nerve
(D) inferior laryngeal artery
(E) superior laryngeal vein
Questions: 106–126 123
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 123
127. Which of the following is correct?
(A) Le Fort I fracture: horizontal fracture of
the maxillae
(B) Le Fort I fracture: fracture through the
maxillary sinuses, infraorbital foramina,
lacrimals, and ethmoids
(C) Le Fort II fracture: horizontal fracture
through superior orbital fissures, eth-
moid and nasal bones, and greater wings
of the sphenoids
(D) Le Fort III fracture: horizontal fracture of
the maxillae
(E) Le Fort III fracture: fracture through the
maxillary sinuses, infraorbital foramina,
lacrimals, and ethmoids
128. Which of the following is NOT present at birth?
(A) styloid process
(B) mastoid process
(C) external occipital protuberance
(D) tympanic membrane
(E) clavicles
129. The inferior alveolar nerve is best blocked at
which location for dental work?
(A) mental foramen
(B) greater palatine foramen
(C) less palatine foramen
(D) mandibular foramen
(E) lingual foramen
130. A lesion to the zygomatic branch of CN VII
would cause which of the following?
(A) the inability to empty food from the
vestibule of the cheeks
(B) a drooping corner of the mouth
(C) a ringing in the ear
(D) paralysis of the muscles of mastication
(E) a drooping lower eyelid
131. The facial veins make clinically important con-
nections with the cavernous sinus through
which veins?
(A) lingual veins
(B) trigeminal veins
(C) superior ophthalmic veins
(D) great cerebral vein
(E) meningeal veins
132. An epidural hematoma consists of blood from
which vessel?
(A) middle meningeal artery
(B) cerebral veins
(C) internal carotid artery
(D) circle of Willis
(E) vertebral artery
133. Cerebral compression is NOT attributed to
which of the following?
(A) intracranial collections of blood
(B) obstruction of CSF flow
(C) intracranial tumors or abscesses
(D) edema of brain
(E) viral accumulation at blood-brain barrier
134. Ptosis results from a lesion of which nerve?
(A) optic nerve
(B) oculomotor nerve
(C) trochlear nerve
(D) trigeminal nerve
(E) abducens nerve
135. Horner syndrome is caused by a lesion of which
of the following?
(A) oculomotor nerve
(B) trigeminal nerve
(C) facial nerve
(D) vagus nerve
(E) cervical sympathetic trunk
136. Which of the following is NOT a symptom of
Horner syndrome?
(A) pupillary constriction
(B) ptosis
(C) sinking in of one eye
(D) absence of sweating on face and neck
(E) lack of lacrimation
137. A lesion of the hypoglossal nerve would result
in which of the following?
124 7: The Head and Neck
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 124
(A) loss of taste on posterior one-third of
tongue
(B) deviation of protruded tongue toward
unaffected side
(C) deviation of protruded tongue toward
affected side
(D) inability to retract tongue
(E) loss of salivation
138. What type of injury or condition might cause
a lesion to the olfactory tract?
(A) fracture involving optic canal
(B) fracture of cribriform plate
(C) intracerebral clot in occipital lobe of brain
(D) pituitary tumor
(E) epidural hematoma
139. Sagging of the soft palate, deviation of the
uvula to the normal side, and hoarseness
might be caused by a lesion to which nerve?
(A) facial nerve
(B) glossopharyngeal nerve
(C) vagus nerve
(D) accessory nerve
(E) hypoglossal nerve
140. A superficial neck laceration might result in
which abnormal finding?
(A) paralysis of the scm and superior
fibers of the trapezius, drooping of the
shoulder
(B) paralysis of the mylohyoid, anterior
belly of the digastric, tensor tympani,
and tensor veli palatini
(C) paralysis of the posterior belly of the
digastric, stylohyoid, and stapedius
(D) anosmia
(E) tinnitus
141. The eye is turned down and out. What type
and site of lesion do you expect?
(A) fracture of cribriform plate
(B) stretching of a nerve as it courses around
the brainstem
(C) laceration or contusion in the parotid
region
(D) pressure from herniating uncus on the
nerve or fracture in the cavernous sinus
(E) acoustic neuroma
142. A laceration or contusion in the parotid region
or a fracture of the temporal bone might dam-
age which nerve?
(A) trigeminal nerve
(B) abducens nerve
(C) facial nerve
(D) glossopharyngeal nerve
(E) vagus nerve
143. Which nerve might be damaged by a fracture
involving the cavernous sinus?
(A) olfactory tract
(B) optic nerve
(C) abducens nerve
(D) facial nerve
(E) vestibulocochlear nerve
144. The stylopharyngeus is associated with which
branchial arch?
(A) first
(B) second
(C) third
(D) fourth
(E) sixth
145. The arytenoid and cricoid cartilages and laryn-
geal connective tissue are formed by what?
(A) lateral plate mesoderm
(B) paraxial mesoderm
(C) neural crest
(D) ectodermal placodes
(E) endoderm
146. Which of the following prominences is NOT
correctly paired with the structures formed
from it?
(A) frontonasal: forehead, bridge of nose
(B) maxillary: lateral portion of upper lip
(C) medial nasal: philtrum of upper lip, crest
and tip of nose
(D) lateral nasal: alae of nose
(E) mandibular: cheeks
Questions: 127–146 125
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 125
DIRECTIONS (Questions 147 through 151): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
126 7: The Head and Neck
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 126
Questions: 147–156 127
DIRECTIONS (Questions 152 through 156): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 127
DIRECTIONS (Questions 157 through 161): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
128 7: The Head and Neck
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 128
DIRECTIONS (Questions 162 through 166): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
Questions: 157–171 129
DIRECTIONS (Questions 167 through 171): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 129
DIRECTIONS (Questions 172 through 176): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
DIRECTIONS (Questions 177 through 181): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
130 7: The Head and Neck
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 130
DIRECTIONS (Questions 182 through 186): Identify the anatomical features indicated on the art below.
Questions: 172–186 131
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 131
Answers and Explanations
1. (A) The bones of the neurocranium include the
frontal bone, paired parietal bones, paired tem-
poral bones, the occipital bone, the sphenoid
bone, and the ethmoid bone (Moore, p 832).
2. (C) The bones of the facial skeleton (viscerocra-
nium or splanchnocranium) include the vomer,
the mandible, inferior nasal conchae, the pala-
tine bones, the zygomatic bones, the maxillae,
the nasal bones, and the lacrimal bones (Moore,
p 832).
3. (A) When the frontal suture persists, it is
known as the metopic suture (Moore, p 834).
4. (B) The external occipital protuberance is also
known as the inion (Moore, p 839).
5. (A) Lambda is the point on the calvaria at the
junction of the sagittal and lambdoid sutures
(Moore, p 842).
6. (C) The vertex is the superior point of the neu-
rocranium in the midline (Moore, p 842).
7. (E) The foramen magnum is in the posterior
cranial fossa (Moore, p 846).
8. (A) The foramen cecum is located in the ante-
rior cranial fossa (Moore, p 846).
9. (E) The anterior and posterior ethmoidal fora-
mina transmit anterior and posterior ethmoidal
arteries and nerves, not emissary veins (Moore,
p 846).
10. (B) The superior orbital fissure transmits the
ophthalmic veins, ophthalmic division of the
trigeminal nerve, oculomotor nerve, trochlear
nerve, abducens nerve, and sympathetic fibers
(Moore, p 846).
11. (B) The foramen ovale transmits the accessory
meningeal artery. The foramen spinosum trans-
mits the middle meningeal artery. The groove
of the greater petrosal nerve transmits the
petrosal branch of the middle meningeal artery.
The jugular foramen transmits the meningeal
branches of the ascending pharyngeal and oc-
cipital arteries. The mastoid foramen transmits
the meningeal branch of the occipital artery
(Moore, p 846).
12. (A) The foramina in the cribriform plate trans-
mit axons of olfactory cells in the olfactory epi-
thelium (Moore, p 846).
13. (D) The optic canals transmit the optic nerves
and the ophthalmic arteries (Moore, p 846).
14. (A) The foramen rotundum transmits the max-
illary division of the trigeminal nerve (Moore,
p 846).
15. (A) The foramen spinosum transmits the men-
ingeal branch of the mandibular division of the
trigeminal nerve (Moore, p 846).
16. (E) The foramen magnum transmits the me-
dulla and meninges, vertebral arteries, spinal
roots of the accessory nerve, dural veins, and the
anterior and posterior spinal arteries (Moore,
p 846).
17. (E) The jugular foramen transmits the glos-
sopharyngeal nerve, vagus nerve, accessory
132
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 132
nerve, internal jugular vein, inferior petrosal
and sigmoid sinuses, and meningeal branches
of ascending pharyngeal and occipital arteries
(Moore, p 846).
18. (A) The buccinator, a muscle of facial expres-
sion, is innervated by the facial nerve. It presses
the cheek against the molar teeth to assist in
chewing, and it expels air from the oral cavity.
It also draws the mouth to one side when act-
ing unilaterally (Moore, p 851).
19. (E) The temporalis is a muscle of mastication,
not of facial expression (Moore, p 851).
20. (D) The mentalis elevates and protrudes the
lower lip (Moore, p 851).
21. (E) The facial nerve innervates the orbicularis
oculi (Moore, p 851).
22. (C) The trigeminal nerve innervates the mas-
seter (Moore, p 921).
23. (B) The muscles of facial expression develop
from the second pharyngeal arch (Moore, p 852).
24. (E) The depressor septi inserts into part of the
nasal septum and widens the alar part of the
nasalis muscle during deep inspiration (Moore,
p 856).
25. (D) The orbicularis oculi is innervated by a
zygomatic branch of the facial nerve (Moore,
pp 851, 855–856).
26. (A) The external nasal nerve is a cutaneous
nerve derived from the ophthalmic nerve
(Moore, p 857).
27. (A) The auriculotemporal nerve arises by two
roots that surround the middle meningeal
artery (Moore, p 861).
28. (E) The lacrimal nerve is distributed to the
lacrimal gland and a small area of skin as well
as part of the conjunctiva. The external nasal
nerve is distributed to skin on the dorsum of
the nose, including the tip of the nose (Moore,
p 860).
29. (B) The ophthalmic nerve gives rise to the naso-
ciliary nerve, which in turn gives rise to the
infratrochlear nerve (Moore, p 860).
30. (C) The lacrimal nerve passes through the pal-
pebral fascia of the upper eyelid near the lateral
canthus of the eye (Moore, p 860).
31. (B) The lacrimal nerve innervates the lacrimal
gland with fibers borrowed via a communicat-
ing branch from the maxillary nerve (Moore,
p 859).
32. (D) The maxillary nerve gives off branches to
the pterygopalatine ganglion (Moore, p 859).
33. (D) The mental nerve is a branch of the tri-
geminal nerve (Moore, p 863).
34. (E) The zygomatic branch of CN VII inner-
vates the inferior part of the orbicularis oculi
(Moore, p 863).
35. (D) The stylomastoid foramen is located be-
tween the styloid and mastoid processes of the
temporal bone. CN VII and the stylomastoid
branch of the posterior auricular artery travel
through it (Moore, p 862).
36. (E) The facial artery has the following branches:
inferior labial, superior labial, lateral nasal, and
angular (Moore, p 866).
37. (A) The supratrochlear and supraorbital ar-
teries are branches of the internal carotid ar-
tery, while most other arteries of the face are
branches of the external carotid artery (Moore,
p 866).
38. (C) The superficial temporal artery supplies
the facial muscles and skin of the frontal and
temporal regions, while the transverse facial
artery supplies the parotid gland and duct
as well as muscles and skin of the face (Moore,
p 866).
39. (B) Within the parotid gland are found the fa-
cial nerve and its branches, the retromandibu-
lar vein, the external carotid artery, and parotid
lymph nodes (Moore, p 870).
Answers and Explanations: 1–39 133
0523-07 Chap 7 07/15/02 15:35 Page 133